HP - CLJ - Ent - M552 - M553 - MFP - 577 - RM PDF

Color LaserJet Enterprise M552
Color LaserJet Enterprise M553

Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP M577
Repair Manual
M553n M552dn M553x

M553dn
M577dn M577f M577c

M577z
www.hp.com/support/colorlj552
www.hp.com/support/colorlj553
www.hp.com/support/colorljM577MFP
For printer theory and troubleshooting
information, see the Troubleshooting Manual.
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M552, M553,
and MFP M577
Repair Manual
Copyright and License
© Copyright 2015 HP Development Company,

L.P.
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation

without prior written permission is prohibited,
except as allowed under the copyright laws.
The information contained herein is subject to

change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and

services are set forth in the express warranty
statements accompanying such products and
services. Nothing herein should be construed
as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall
not be liable for technical or editorial errors or
omissions contained herein.
Edition 1, 11/2015
Conventions used in this guide
TIP: Helpful hints or shortcuts.
NOTE: Information that explains a concept or how to complete a task.
Reinstallation tip: Reinstallation helpful hints, shortcuts, or considerations.
IMPORTANT: Information that help the user to avoid potential printer error conditions.
CAUTION: Procedures that the user must follow to avoid losing data or damaging the printer.
WARNING! Procedures that the user must follow to avoid personal injury, catastrophic loss of data, or
extensive damage to the printer.
ENWW iii
For additional service and support information
HP service personnel, go to the Service Access Work Bench (SAW) at http://h41302.www4.hp.com/km/saw/
home.do.
Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (CNS) at https://h30125.www3.hp.com/hpcsn.
At these locations, find information on the following topics:
● Install and configure
● Printer specifications
● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting
● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues
● Remove and replace part instructions and videos
● Service advisories
● Warranty and regulatory information
To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/ or scan

the Quick Response (QR) code below.
ENWW v
Table of contents
1 Removal and replacement .............................................................................................................................. 1

For additional service and support ........................................................................................................................ 2
Removal and replacement strategy ...................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 2
Considerations during removal and replacement .............................................................................. 3
Electrostatic discharge ........................................................................................................................ 4
Required tools ..................................................................................................................................... 4
Fasteners used in this printer .............................................................................................................. 4
Service approach .................................................................................................................................................... 6
Before performing service .................................................................................................................. 6
After performing service ..................................................................................................................... 6
Post service tests ................................................................................................................................ 6
Print quality test ............................................................................................................... 6
Copy-quality test (M577 models) ..................................................................................... 6
Fax-quality test (M577 models) ....................................................................................... 7
Parts removal orientation ................................................................................................................... 7
Removal and replacement procedures ................................................................................................................. 8
Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and assemblies ........................................................................... 8
Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges ................................................................... 9
Introduction .................................................................................................... 9
Step 1: Remove the toner cartridges ........................................................... 10
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly .................................................. 11
Step 3: Install a toner cartridge .................................................................... 11
Removal and replacement: Toner collection unit (TCU) ................................................. 14
Introduction .................................................................................................. 14
Step 1: Remove the TCU ............................................................................... 14
Step 3: Install the TCU .................................................................................. 17
Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge (M577c/f/z) .............................................. 19
Introduction .................................................................................................. 19
Step 1: Remove the staple cartridge ............................................................ 19
ENWW vii
Step 3: Install the staple cartridge ............................................................... 21
Removal and replacement: Fuser ................................................................................... 23
Introduction .................................................................................................. 23
Step 1: Remove the fuser ............................................................................. 23
Step 3: Install the fuser ................................................................................ 25
Step 4: Reset the fuser counter .................................................................... 27
Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD) (M552 and M553) ........................... 28
Introduction .................................................................................................. 28
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover ............................................................ 29
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD) .................................................. 30
Step 4: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD) ...................................................... 32
Step 5: Install the formatter cover ............................................................... 33
Step 6: Reinstall the product firmware ........................................................ 33
Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD) (M577) ............................................ 28
Introduction .................................................................................................. 34
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD) .................................................. 36
Step 4: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD) ...................................................... 39
Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM; M552 and M553) ..... 44
Introduction .................................................................................................. 44
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M552 and M553) ...................... 46
Step 3: Remove the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) ........................... 47
Step 5: Install the DIMM ................................................................................ 49
Step 6: Install the HDD (M552 and M553) .................................................... 50
Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM; M577) ...................... 53
Introduction .................................................................................................. 53
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577) ....................................... 55
Step 3: Remove the dual in-line memory module (DIMM) ........................... 44
Step 5: Install the DIMM ................................................................................ 57
Step 6: Install the HDD (M577) ..................................................................... 59
viii ENWW
Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC; M552 and M553) ...... 53
Introduction .................................................................................................. 61
Step 2: Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) ............................ 63
Step 4: Install the eMMC ............................................................................... 64
Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer roller ................................................... 67
Introduction .................................................................................................. 67
Step 1: Remove the transfer roller ............................................................... 67
Step 3: Install the secondary transfer roller ................................................ 70
Removal and replacement: Universal Serial Bus (USB) cover (M552 and M553) .......... 72
Introduction .................................................................................................. 72
Step 1: Remove the USB cover ..................................................................... 72
Step 3: Install the USB cover ........................................................................ 73
Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover (M552 and
M553) .............................................................................................................................. 75
Introduction .................................................................................................. 75
Step 1: Remove the HIP cover ...................................................................... 75
Step 3: Install the HIP cover ......................................................................... 77
Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover (M577) .............. 79
Introduction .................................................................................................. 79
Step 1: Remove the HIP cover ...................................................................... 79
Step 3: Install the HIP cover ......................................................................... 81
Removal and replacement: Control panel (M553x) ....................................................... 83
Introduction .................................................................................................. 83
Step 1: Remove the control panel ................................................................ 84
Step 3: Install the control panel ................................................................... 88
Removal and replacement: Control panel (M577) ......................................................... 92
Introduction .................................................................................................. 92
Step 1: Remove the control-panel cover (M577) ......................................... 92
Step 2: Remove the control panel (M577) ................................................... 94
Step 4: Install the control panel (M577) ....................................................... 97
Step 5: Install the control-panel cover (M577) .......................................... 102
ENWW ix
Removal and replacement: Keyboard (M577c/z) ......................................................... 104
Introduction ................................................................................................ 104
Step 1: Remove the control-panel cover (M577) ....................................... 104
Step 2: Remove the keyboard .................................................................... 106
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assembly ............................................... 108
Step 4: Install the keyboard ....................................................................... 108
Step 5: Install the control-panel cover (M577) .......................................... 111
Removal and replacement: White backing (M577) ...................................................... 113
Introduction ................................................................................................ 113
Step 1: Remove the white backing (M577) ................................................ 113
Step 3: Install the white backing (M577) ................................................... 117
Removal and replacement: Retention clips (M577) ..................................................... 120
Introduction ................................................................................................ 120
Step 1: Remove the retention clips ............................................................ 120
Step 3: Install the retention clips ............................................................... 123
Removal and replacement: Document feeder rollers (M577) ..................................... 128
Introduction ................................................................................................ 128
Step 1: Remove the pickup and feed roller assembly ................................ 128
Step 2: Remove the separation roller ........................................................ 130
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assemblies ............................................. 131
Step 4: Install the separation roller ........................................................... 132
Step 5: Install the pickup and feed roller assembly ................................... 134
Step 6: Reset the document feeder kit count ............................................ 135
Customer self-repair (CSR) B parts and assemblies ....................................................................... 137
Removal and replacement: Tray 2-X paper pickup roller and separation roller
assemblies .................................................................................................................... 138
Introduction ................................................................................................ 138
Step 1: Remove the Tray 2-X paper pickup roller assembly ...................... 139
Step 2: Remove the Tray 2-X separation roller .......................................... 144
Step 4: Install the Tray 2-X separation roller ............................................. 146
Step 5: Install the Tray 2-X paper pickup roller assembly ......................... 147
Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) ....................................... 153
Introduction .................................................................................................. 83
Step 1: Remove the ITB .............................................................................. 153
Step 3: Install the ITB ................................................................................. 159
Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) and secondary
transfer roller ................................................................................................................ 166
x ENWW
Introduction ................................................................................................ 166
Step 1: Remove the transfer roller ............................................................. 166
Step 2: Remove the ITB .............................................................................. 168
Step 4: Install the ITB ................................................................................. 173
Step 5: Install the transfer roller ................................................................ 179
Field replaceable units (FRUs) ......................................................................................................... 181
Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors ................................. 181
Removal and replacement: Stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z) ............. 182
Removal and replacement: Right front upper cover (M577dn) ................. 187
Removal and replacement: Rear upper cover (M577) ............................... 192
Removal and replacement: Left upper cover (M577) ................................ 199
Removal and replacement: Right upper cover (M577) .............................. 209
Removal and replacement: Top rear cover (M577) .................................... 229
Removal and replacement: Paper feed cover (M577) ............................... 261
Removal and replacement: Top cover (M577) ........................................... 295
Removal and replacement: Right door ...................................................... 339
Removal and replacement: Front door ...................................................... 348
Removal and replacement: Formatter cover ............................................. 358
Removal and replacement: Rear cover (M552 and M553) ......................... 361
Removal and replacement: Rear cover (M577) .......................................... 366
Removal and replacement: Left cover ....................................................... 376
Removal and replacement: Upper cover (M552 and M553) ...................... 395
Removal and replacement: Output bin ...................................................... 424
Removal and replacement: Right rear cover (M552 and M553) ................ 491
Removal and replacement: Right rear cover (M577) ................................. 519
Removal and replacement: Control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn
only) ............................................................................................................ 542
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies ......................................... 566
Removal and replacement: Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers ............. 568
Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer assembly ........................ 580
Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA
(M553x) ....................................................................................................... 586
Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA
(M577z) ....................................................................................................... 613
Removal and replacement: Wireless PCA (M553 and M577) ..................... 621
Removal and replacement: Stapler unit (M577c/f/z) ................................ 688
Removal and replacement: DC controller .................................................. 698
Removal and replacement: Delivery assembly ......................................... 713
Removal and replacement: Formatter (M552 and M553) ......................... 807
Removal and replacement: Formatter (M577) .......................................... 822
ENWW xi
Removal and replacement: Formatter case assembly .............................. 838
Removal and replacement: Fuser power supply ....................................... 878
Removal and replacement: Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) ................. 902
Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply D (HVPSD) .......... 947
Removal and replacement: Drum motor 1 (M1) ........................................ 996
Removal and replacement: Power-supply fan (FM1) .............................. 1037
Removal and replacement: Developing disengagement motor (M6) ..... 1111
Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly .................................... 1161
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly ................................... 1211
Removal and replacement: Laser/scanner assembly .............................. 1263
Removal and replacement: Delivery fan (FM3) ....................................... 1322
Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply T (HVPST) ........ 1407
Removal and replacement: Drum motor 2 (M2) ...................................... 1495
Removal and replacement: Drum motor 3 (M3) ...................................... 1584
Removal and replacement: Fuser motor (M4) ......................................... 1673
Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor printed circuit
assembly (PCA) ......................................................................................... 1762
Removal and replacement: Fuser drive assembly ................................... 1777
Removal and replacement: Duplex drive assembly and motor .............. 1887
Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly and motor (M5) ....... 2022
Removal and replacement: Registration assembly ................................. 2119
Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly ................................ 2241
Removal and replacement: Density-detect assembly ............................ 2379
Removal and replacement: Main drive assembly .................................... 2506
Removal and replacement: Document feeder and image scanner assemblies (M577) .............. 2655
Removal and replacement: Document feeder (M577) ............................................... 2656
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2656
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover ........................................................ 2657
Step 2: Remove the rear upper cover ....................................................... 2658
Step 3: Remove the left upper cover ....................................................... 2660
Step 4: Remove the document feeder ..................................................... 2661
Step 5: Unpack the replacement assembly ............................................. 2665
Step 6: Install the document feeder ........................................................ 2665
Step 7: Install the left upper cover ........................................................... 2671
Step 8: Install the rear upper cover .......................................................... 2673
Step 9: Install the formatter cover ........................................................... 2675
Step 10: Reset the firmware counter ....................................................... 2676
Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) (M577) ............................. 2677
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2677
Step 2: Remove the rear upper cover ....................................................... 2678
xii ENWW
Step 3: Remove the scanner control board (SCB) .................................... 2680
Step 5: Install the SCB .............................................................................. 2683
Step 6: Install the rear upper cover .......................................................... 2686
Removal and replacement: Image scanner (M577) ................................................... 2690
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2690
Step 1: Remove the control-panel cover (M577) ..................................... 2691
Step 2: Remove the white backing (M577) .............................................. 2693
Step 3: Remove the keyboard (M577c/z) ................................................. 2695
Step 4: Remove the control panel (M577) ............................................... 2697
Step 6: Remove the fax PCA (M577c/f/z) ................................................. 2700
Step 7: Remove the rear upper cover (M577) .......................................... 2702
Step 8: Remove the left upper cover (M577) ........................................... 2704
Step 9: Remove the right front upper cover (M577dn) ............................ 2706
Step 10: Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z) ...................... 2707
Step 11: Remove the document feeder (M577) ....................................... 2709
Step 12: Remove the scanner control board (SCB) (M577) ..................... 2713
Step 13: Remove the image scanner assembly (M577) .......................... 2715
Step 14: Unpack the replacement assembly ........................................... 2718
Step 15: Install the image scanner assembly (M577) ............................. 2719
Step 16: Install the scanner control board (M577) .................................. 2723
Step 17: Install the document feeder (M577) .......................................... 2725
Step 18: Install the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z) ......................... 2729
Step 19: Install the right front upper cover (M577dn) ............................. 2731
Step 20: Install the left upper cover (M577) ............................................ 2732
Step 21: Install the rear upper cover (M577) ........................................... 2734
Step 22: Install the fax PCA (M577c/f/z) .................................................. 2736
Step 23: Install the formatter cover ........................................................ 2738
Step 24: Install the control panel (M577) ................................................ 2738
Step 25: Install the keyboard (M577c/z) .................................................. 2742
Step 26: Install the white backing (M577) ............................................... 2744
Step 27: Install the control-panel cover (M577) ...................................... 2745
Removal and replacement: Trays ................................................................................................. 2747
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 .............................................................................. 2748
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2748
Step 1: Remove the tray ........................................................................... 2748
Step 3: Install the tray .............................................................................. 2750
Removal and replacement: Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5 ................................................. 2752
ENWW xiii
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2752
Step 1: Remove the tray ........................................................................... 2752
Step 3: Install the tray .............................................................................. 2754
Removal and replacement: Accessories ....................................................................................... 2756
Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet paper feeder ............................................ 2757
Removal and replacement: Rear cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder) ...... 2758
Removal and replacement: Right door (1x550-sheet paper feeder) ...... 2762
Removal and replacement: Right door hinge bracket (1x550-sheet
paper feeder) ............................................................................................ 2771
Removal and replacement: Right-lower cover (1x550-sheet paper
feeder) ...................................................................................................... 2781
Removal and replacement: Right-door link (1x550-sheet paper
feeder) ...................................................................................................... 2794
Removal and replacement: Left cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder) ....... 2807
Removal and replacement: OP Drawer holder (1x550-sheet paper
feeder) ...................................................................................................... 2811
Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (1x550-sheet paper
feeder) ...................................................................................................... 2817
Removal and replacement: Switch button (SW12) (1x550-sheet paper
feeder) ...................................................................................................... 2827
Removal and replacement: Drawer connector holder (1x550-sheet
paper feeder) ............................................................................................ 2836
Removal and replacement: Paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550-sheet
paper feeder) ............................................................................................ 2843
Removal and replacement: Paper feed assembly (1x550-sheet paper
feeder) ...................................................................................................... 2849
Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly (1x550-sheet
paper feeder) ............................................................................................ 2872
Removal and replacement: Feeder drive assembly (1x550-sheet
paper feeder) ............................................................................................ 2900
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper
feeder) ...................................................................................................... 2925
Removal and replacement: Trusted platform module (M552 and M553) ................. 2956
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2956
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD) .............................................. 2958
Step 3: Remove the trusted platform module (TPM) .............................. 2959
Step 5: Install the TPM ............................................................................. 2961
Step 6: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD) ................................................. 2962
xiv ENWW
Removal and replacement: Trusted platform module (M577) .................................. 2964
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2964
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577) ................................... 2966
Step 3: Remove the trusted platform module (TPM) .............................. 2966
Step 5: Install the TPM ............................................................................. 2961
Step 6: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577) ...................................... 2969
Removal and replacement: Internal USB ports (M552 and M553) ................................ 53
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2971
Step 2: Remove the internal USB ports module (M552 and M553) ............. 44
Step 4: Install the internal USB ports module (M552 and M553) ............ 2976
Removal and replacement: Internal USB ports (M577) ................................................. 53
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2980
Step 2: Remove the internal USB ports module (M577) .............................. 44
Step 4: Install the internal USB ports module (M577) ............................. 2984
Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (M577c/f/z) ........................................................... 53
Introduction .............................................................................................. 2987
Step 2: Remove the fax PCA ......................................................................... 44
Step 4: Install the fax PCA ........................................................................ 2991
2 Parts and diagrams .................................................................................................................................. 2995

For additional service and support ................................................................................................................. 2996
Assembly locations ......................................................................................................................................... 2997
Product front view (M552 and M553 models) .............................................................................. 2997
Product back view (M552 and M553 models) .............................................................................. 2998
Product front view (M577 models) ............................................................................................... 2999
Product back view (M577 models) ................................................................................................ 3000
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ........................................................................................................... 3001
Ordering ........................................................................................................................................ 3001
Orderable parts ............................................................................................................................. 3001
ENWW xv
Supplies ......................................................................................................................................... 3001
Accessories .................................................................................................................................... 3002
Customer self-repair kits .............................................................................................................. 3004
Related documentation and software .......................................................................................... 3005
How to use the parts lists and diagrams ........................................................................................................ 3006
Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units .................................................................. 3008
Parts and diagrams: Covers ............................................................................................................................ 3010
Covers (M552 and M553) .............................................................................................................. 3010
Covers (M577) ............................................................................................................................... 3012
Parts and diagrams: Internal components ..................................................................................................... 3014
Internal components (1 of 5) ........................................................................................................ 3014
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder ................................................................................................ 3024
550-sheet paper feeder covers .................................................................................................... 3024
550-sheet paper feeder main body .............................................................................................. 3026
Alphabetical parts list ..................................................................................................................................... 3028
Numerical parts list ......................................................................................................................................... 3036
Index .......................................................................................................................................................... 3045
xvi ENWW
List of tables
Table 2-1 Supplies .......................................................................................................................................................... 3001

Table 2-2 Accessories (M552 and M553) ....................................................................................................................... 3002
Table 2-3 Accessories (M577) ......................................................................................................................................... 3003
Table 2-4 Document feeder and scanner whole units (M577 only) ............................................................................... 3009
Table 2-5 Covers (M552, M553) ...................................................................................................................................... 3011
Table 2-6 Covers (M577) ................................................................................................................................................. 3013
Table 2-7 Internal components (1 of 5) ......................................................................................................................... 3015
Table 2-10 Internal components (4 of 5) ....................................................................................................................... 3021
Table 2-11 Internal components (5 of 5) ....................................................................................................................... 3023
Table 2-12 550-sheet paper feeder covers ................................................................................................................... 3025
Table 2-13 550-sheet paper feeder covers ................................................................................................................... 3027
ENWW xvii
List of figures
Figure 1-1 Screwdrivers ........................................................................................................................................................ 4

Figure 1-2 Screw size chart ................................................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 1-3 Open the front door .......................................................................................................................................... 10
Figure 1-4 Remove the toner cartridge .............................................................................................................................. 10
Figure 1-5 Recycle and unpack ........................................................................................................................................... 11
Figure 1-6 Rock the toner cartridge ................................................................................................................................... 11
Figure 1-7 Remove the protective shield ........................................................................................................................... 12
Figure 1-8 Install a toner cartridge .................................................................................................................................... 12
Figure 1-9 Close the front door .......................................................................................................................................... 13
Figure 1-10 Open the front door ........................................................................................................................................ 15
Figure 1-11 Open the TCU ................................................................................................................................................... 15
Figure 1-12 Remove the TCU .............................................................................................................................................. 16
Figure 1-13 Recycle and unpack ......................................................................................................................................... 17
Figure 1-14 Verify that the toner collection hatch cover is closed .................................................................................... 17
Figure 1-15 Install the TCU ................................................................................................................................................. 18
Figure 1-16 Close the front door ........................................................................................................................................ 18
Figure 1-17 Open the stapler door ..................................................................................................................................... 20
Figure 1-18 Remove the staple cartridge .......................................................................................................................... 20
Figure 1-20 Install the staple cartridge .............................................................................................................................. 21
Figure 1-21 Close the stapler door ..................................................................................................................................... 22
Figure 1-22 Open the right door ......................................................................................................................................... 24
Figure 1-23 Release the fuser ............................................................................................................................................ 24
Figure 1-24 Remove the fuser ............................................................................................................................................ 25
Figure 1-26 Align the fuser with the opening .................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 1-27 Install the fuser ............................................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 1-28 Close the right door ........................................................................................................................................ 27
Figure 1-29 Locate the formatter cover ............................................................................................................................. 29
Figure 1-30 Loosen the thumbscrews ................................................................................................................................ 30
Figure 1-31 Release the HDD .............................................................................................................................................. 30
Figure 1-32 Remove the HDD ............................................................................................................................................. 31
ENWW xix
Figure 1-34 Install the holder ............................................................................................................................................. 32
Figure 1-36 Install the cover ............................................................................................................................................... 33
Figure 1-41 Remove two screws ........................................................................................................................................ 37
Figure 1-42 Remove the bracket ........................................................................................................................................ 38
Figure 1-43 Remove the PCA .............................................................................................................................................. 38
Figure 1-45 Align the PCA ................................................................................................................................................... 39
Figure 1-46 Install the PCA ................................................................................................................................................. 40
Figure 1-47 Align the tabs on the bracket .......................................................................................................................... 40
Figure 1-48 Install the bracket ........................................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 1-49 Install two screws ........................................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 1-57 Locate the DIMM .............................................................................................................................................. 48
Figure 1-58 Remove the DIMM ........................................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 1-60 The DIMM connector ....................................................................................................................................... 49
Figure 1-61 Install the DIMM .............................................................................................................................................. 50
Figure 1-62 Verify the installation ..................................................................................................................................... 50
Figure 1-70 Locate the DIMM .............................................................................................................................................. 56
Figure 1-71 Release the DIMM ............................................................................................................................................ 56
Figure 1-72 Remove the DIMM (M527) ............................................................................................................................... 57
xx ENWW
Figure 1-74 Insert the DIMM ............................................................................................................................................... 58
Figure 1-75 Install the DIMM .............................................................................................................................................. 58
Figure 1-76 Snap the DIMM into place ................................................................................................................................ 59
Figure 1-82 Remove the eMMC ........................................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 1-84 Install the eMMC .............................................................................................................................................. 64
Figure 1-85 Verify the installation ..................................................................................................................................... 65
Figure 1-87 Open the right door ......................................................................................................................................... 68
Figure 1-88 Lower the secondary transfer roller assembly .............................................................................................. 68
Figure 1-89 Release the secondary transfer roller clip ...................................................................................................... 69
Figure 1-90 Remove the secondary transfer roller ............................................................................................................ 69
Figure 1-92 Install the secondary transfer roller ............................................................................................................... 70
Figure 1-93 Close the right door ........................................................................................................................................ 71
Figure 1-94 Locate the USB cover ...................................................................................................................................... 72
Figure 1-95 Remove the cover ........................................................................................................................................... 73
Figure 1-98 Check the installation ..................................................................................................................................... 74
Figure 1-99 Locate the HIP cover ....................................................................................................................................... 75
Figure 1-100 Note the mounting feet and tabs ................................................................................................................. 76
Figure 1-101 Release the HIP cover tabs ........................................................................................................................... 76
Figure 1-102 Remove the cover ......................................................................................................................................... 77
Figure 1-103 Recycle and unpack ...................................................................................................................................... 77
Figure 1-104 Install the cover ............................................................................................................................................ 78
Figure 1-105 Check the installation ................................................................................................................................... 78
Figure 1-106 Locate the HIP cover ..................................................................................................................................... 79
Figure 1-107 Release the HIP cover tabs ........................................................................................................................... 80
Figure 1-110 Position the tabs ........................................................................................................................................... 81
Figure 1-111 Rotate the cover down .................................................................................................................................. 82
Figure 1-112 Check the installation ................................................................................................................................... 82
Figure 1-113 Tilt the control panel up ............................................................................................................................... 84
Figure 1-114 Release the control-panel screws cover tabs .............................................................................................. 84
ENWW xxi
Figure 1-116 Remove two screws ...................................................................................................................................... 85
Figure 1-117 Rotate the control-panel base up ................................................................................................................. 86
Figure 1-118 Turn the control panel over .......................................................................................................................... 86
Figure 1-119 Disconnect two connectors .......................................................................................................................... 87
Figure 1-121 Place the control panel on the product ........................................................................................................ 88
Figure 1-122 Connect two connectors ............................................................................................................................... 89
Figure 1-123 Turn the control panel over .......................................................................................................................... 89
Figure 1-124 Rotate the control-panel base down ............................................................................................................ 90
Figure 1-125 Install two screws ......................................................................................................................................... 90
Figure 1-126 Install the cover ............................................................................................................................................ 91
Figure 1-127 Open the document feeder ........................................................................................................................... 93
Figure 1-128 Release five tabs ........................................................................................................................................... 93
Figure 1-130 Disconnect the keyboard flat cable (M577c/z) ............................................................................................. 94
Figure 1-131 Disconnect connectors ................................................................................................................................. 95
Figure 1-132 Disconnect connectors ................................................................................................................................. 95
Figure 1-133 Remove three screws .................................................................................................................................... 96
Figure 1-134 Remove the control panel ............................................................................................................................ 96
Figure 1-136 Open the control panel ................................................................................................................................. 97
Figure 1-137 Feed the keyboard flat cable through opening ............................................................................................ 98
Figure 1-138 Locate hooks and grounding clip .................................................................................................................. 98
Figure 1-139 Install the control-panel ............................................................................................................................... 99
Figure 1-140 Install three screws ..................................................................................................................................... 100
Figure 1-141 Connect connectors .................................................................................................................................... 101
Figure 1-142 Install USB and NFC ..................................................................................................................................... 101
Figure 1-143 Connect the keyboard flat cable (M577c/z) ............................................................................................... 102
Figure 1-144 Position the control-panel cover on the printer ......................................................................................... 102
Figure 1-145 Engage five tabs ......................................................................................................................................... 103
Figure 1-146 Close the document feeder ........................................................................................................................ 103
Figure 1-147 Open the document feeder ......................................................................................................................... 105
Figure 1-148 Release five tabs ......................................................................................................................................... 105
Figure 1-149 Remove the cover ....................................................................................................................................... 106
Figure 1-150 Disconnect the keyboard flat cable ............................................................................................................ 106
Figure 1-151 Slide the keyboard out ................................................................................................................................ 107
Figure 1-152 Release two tabs ........................................................................................................................................ 107
Figure 1-153 Remove the keyboard ................................................................................................................................. 108
Figure 1-154 Recycle and unpack .................................................................................................................................... 108
Figure 1-155 Install the flat cable through the slot ......................................................................................................... 109
xxii ENWW
Figure 1-156 Slide the keyboard into the slot ................................................................................................................. 109
Figure 1-157 Check the flat cable .................................................................................................................................... 110
Figure 1-158 Connect the flat cable ................................................................................................................................. 110
Figure 1-159 Position the control-panel cover on the printer ......................................................................................... 111
Figure 1-160 Engage five tabs ......................................................................................................................................... 111
Figure 1-163 Remove the white backing ......................................................................................................................... 114
Figure 1-164 Check the retention clips ............................................................................................................................ 115
Figure 1-165 Check the retention clip spring ................................................................................................................... 115
Figure 1-166 Install the retention clip ............................................................................................................................. 116
Figure 1-167 Press the retention clip ............................................................................................................................... 116
Figure 1-169 Install the white backing ............................................................................................................................ 117
Figure 1-171 Check the white backing ............................................................................................................................. 118
Figure 1-174 Remove the white backing ......................................................................................................................... 121
Figure 1-175 Check the retention clips ............................................................................................................................ 122
Figure 1-176 Loosen damaged clips ................................................................................................................................ 122
Figure 1-177 Remove the retention clip .......................................................................................................................... 123
Figure 1-179 Check the retention clip spring ................................................................................................................... 124
Figure 1-180 Install the retention clip ............................................................................................................................. 124
Figure 1-181 Press the retention clip ............................................................................................................................... 125
Figure 1-182 Install the white backing ............................................................................................................................ 125
Figure 1-184 Check the white backing ............................................................................................................................. 126
Figure 1-186 Open the document-feeder jam access door ............................................................................................. 129
Figure 1-187 Release the blue locking arm ..................................................................................................................... 129
Figure 1-188 Remove the roller assembly ....................................................................................................................... 130
Figure 1-189 Release the separation roller cover ............................................................................................................ 130
Figure 1-191 Remove the roller ....................................................................................................................................... 131
Figure 1-193 Install the roller .......................................................................................................................................... 132
Figure 1-194 Position the separation roller cover ........................................................................................................... 133
Figure 1-195 Close the separation roller cover ................................................................................................................ 133
Figure 1-196 Snap the cover closed ................................................................................................................................. 134
ENWW xxiii
Figure 1-197 Install the roller assembly .......................................................................................................................... 134
Figure 1-198 Close the blue locking arm ......................................................................................................................... 135
Figure 1-199 Close the document-feeder jam access door ............................................................................................. 135
Figure 1-200 Pull the tray out .......................................................................................................................................... 139
Figure 1-201 Remove the tray ......................................................................................................................................... 139
Figure 1-202 Open the right door .................................................................................................................................... 140
Figure 1-203 Raise the transfer roller assembly ............................................................................................................. 140
Figure 1-204 Lower the paper guide ................................................................................................................................ 141
Figure 1-205 Locate the tray pickup roller ....................................................................................................................... 141
Figure 1-206 Open the Tray 3, 4, or 5 right door ............................................................................................................. 142
Figure 1-207 Lower the Tray 3, 4, or 5 paper guide ......................................................................................................... 142
Figure 1-208 Locate the Tray 3, 4, or 5 pickup roller assembly ...................................................................................... 143
Figure 1-209 Slide the assembly to the left ..................................................................................................................... 143
Figure 1-211 Locate the roller assembly ......................................................................................................................... 144
Figure 1-212 Push up on the blue label ........................................................................................................................... 145
Figure 1-215 Install the roller assembly .......................................................................................................................... 146
Figure 1-216 Fully seat the roller assembly .................................................................................................................... 147
Figure 1-217 Check the installation ................................................................................................................................. 147
Figure 1-218 Note the mounting tab ............................................................................................................................... 148
Figure 1-219 Position the roller assembly in the printer ................................................................................................. 148
Figure 1-220 Release the spring loaded shaft ................................................................................................................. 149
Figure 1-221 Verify the roller installation ....................................................................................................................... 149
Figure 1-222 Raise the Tray 3, 4, or 5 paper guide .......................................................................................................... 150
Figure 1-223 Close the Tray 3, 4, or 5 right door ............................................................................................................. 150
Figure 1-224 Close the right door .................................................................................................................................... 151
Figure 1-225 Install the tray ............................................................................................................................................. 151
Figure 1-226 Close the tray .............................................................................................................................................. 152
Figure 1-228 Release the ITB drive coupling ................................................................................................................... 154
Figure 1-229 Lower the secondary transfer roller assembly .......................................................................................... 155
Figure 1-230 Release the front-side ITB spring ............................................................................................................... 155
Figure 1-231 Place the spring on the holder .................................................................................................................... 156
Figure 1-232 Release the rear-side ITB spring ................................................................................................................ 156
Figure 1-234 Grasp the ITB handles ................................................................................................................................. 158
Figure 1-235 Remove the ITB ........................................................................................................................................... 158
Figure 1-237 Handle the ITB by the edges ....................................................................................................................... 159
xxiv ENWW
Figure 1-238 Align the ITB with the slots in the product ................................................................................................. 160
Figure 1-239 Orange handles stop ................................................................................................................................... 160
Figure 1-240 Release one tab .......................................................................................................................................... 161
Figure 1-241 Remove the orange handle ........................................................................................................................ 161
Figure 1-242 Install the ITB .............................................................................................................................................. 162
Figure 1-243 Remove the spring from the holder ........................................................................................................... 162
Figure 1-244 Fasten the rear-side ITB spring .................................................................................................................. 163
Figure 1-246 Fasten the front-side ITB spring ................................................................................................................. 164
Figure 1-247 Engage the ITB drive coupling .................................................................................................................... 164
Figure 1-250 Lower the secondary transfer roller assembly .......................................................................................... 167
Figure 1-251 Release the secondary transfer roller clip ................................................................................................. 168
Figure 1-252 Remove the secondary transfer roller ....................................................................................................... 168
Figure 1-253 Release the ITB drive coupling ................................................................................................................... 169
Figure 1-254 Release the front-side ITB spring ............................................................................................................... 169
Figure 1-256 Release the rear-side ITB spring ................................................................................................................ 170
Figure 1-258 Grasp the ITB handles ................................................................................................................................. 172
Figure 1-259 Remove the ITB ........................................................................................................................................... 172
Figure 1-261 Handle the ITB by the edges ....................................................................................................................... 174
Figure 1-262 Align the ITB with the slots in the product ................................................................................................. 174
Figure 1-263 Orange handles stop ................................................................................................................................... 175
Figure 1-265 Remove the orange handle ........................................................................................................................ 176
Figure 1-266 Install the ITB .............................................................................................................................................. 176
Figure 1-268 Fasten the rear-side ITB spring .................................................................................................................. 177
Figure 1-270 Fasten the front-side ITB spring ................................................................................................................. 178
Figure 1-271 Engage the ITB drive coupling .................................................................................................................... 179
Figure 1-272 Install the secondary transfer roller right end ........................................................................................... 179
Figure 1-274 Remove one screw ...................................................................................................................................... 183
Figure 1-276 Release the back edge of the cover ............................................................................................................ 184
ENWW xxv
Figure 1-279 Install two tabs ........................................................................................................................................... 185
Figure 1-280 Install the cover assembly .......................................................................................................................... 186
Figure 1-281 Install one screw ......................................................................................................................................... 186
Figure 1-284 Rotate the cover ......................................................................................................................................... 189
Figure 1-286 Install the cover .......................................................................................................................................... 190
Figure 1-287 Press the cover ........................................................................................................................................... 190
Figure 1-289 Locate the formatter cover ......................................................................................................................... 193
Figure 1-290 Loosen the thumbscrews ........................................................................................................................... 193
Figure 1-291 Remove two screws .................................................................................................................................... 194
Figure 1-292 Release the right edge ................................................................................................................................ 194
Figure 1-293 Slide the cover right .................................................................................................................................... 195
Figure 1-296 Align the cover ............................................................................................................................................ 196
Figure 1-297 Rotate the top of the cover ......................................................................................................................... 197
Figure 1-298 Slide the cover ............................................................................................................................................ 197
Figure 1-299 Install two screws ....................................................................................................................................... 198
Figure 1-308 Slide the cover back .................................................................................................................................... 203
Figure 1-309 Remove the left upper cover ...................................................................................................................... 204
Figure 1-311 Position the tab .......................................................................................................................................... 205
Figure 1-313 Check the tab .............................................................................................................................................. 206
xxvi ENWW
Figure 1-332 Remove two screws and one connector ..................................................................................................... 216
Figure 1-333 Remove one screw and connector .............................................................................................................. 217
Figure 1-336 Release two retainers ................................................................................................................................. 218
Figure 1-337 Remove the wire harness ........................................................................................................................... 219
Figure 1-339 Install the wire harness .............................................................................................................................. 220
Figure 1-340 Install the cables ......................................................................................................................................... 220
Figure 1-341 Position the hooks ...................................................................................................................................... 221
Figure 1-343 Install one screw and connector ................................................................................................................. 222
ENWW xxvii
Figure 1-375 Disconnect four connectors ........................................................................................................................ 240
Figure 1-376 Disconnect connectors ............................................................................................................................... 240
Figure 1-377 Slide the ISA towards the back of the printer ............................................................................................. 241
Figure 1-378 Remove the ISA ........................................................................................................................................... 241
Figure 1-383 Remove five screws .................................................................................................................................... 244
Figure 1-385 Remove the top rear cover ......................................................................................................................... 245
Figure 1-387 Align the locator tabs ................................................................................................................................. 246
Figure 1-389 Install five screws ....................................................................................................................................... 247
Figure 1-395 Locate the ISA mounting pins and slots ..................................................................................................... 250
Figure 1-396 Install the ISA .............................................................................................................................................. 250
Figure 1-397 Slide the ISA towards the front of the printer ............................................................................................ 251
xxviii ENWW
Figure 1-402 Connect four connectors ............................................................................................................................ 253
ENWW xxix
xxx ENWW
Figure 1-505 Disconnect connector and remove screws ................................................................................................. 308
Figure 1-506 Remove the stapler unit ............................................................................................................................. 308
Figure 1-516 Open the front door .................................................................................................................................... 313
Figure 1-517 Open the TCU .............................................................................................................................................. 314
Figure 1-518 Remove the TCU .......................................................................................................................................... 315
Figure 1-524 Position the locator pins ............................................................................................................................. 318
ENWW xxxi
Figure 1-525 Press down on the cover ............................................................................................................................. 319
Figure 1-528 Verify that the toner collection hatch cover is closed ................................................................................ 320
Figure 1-529 Install the TCU ............................................................................................................................................. 321
Figure 1-530 Close the front door .................................................................................................................................... 321
Figure 1-541 Position the hooks in the slots ................................................................................................................... 327
Figure 1-542 Connect connector and install screws ........................................................................................................ 327
xxxii ENWW
Figure 1-566 Rotate the secondary transfer assembly up .............................................................................................. 340
Figure 1-567 Release the door retainer straps ................................................................................................................ 341
Figure 1-568 Release the connector cover ...................................................................................................................... 341
Figure 1-569 Remove the connector cover ...................................................................................................................... 342
Figure 1-570 Disconnect two connectors ........................................................................................................................ 342
Figure 1-572 Remove the door ........................................................................................................................................ 343
Figure 1-574 Install the door ........................................................................................................................................... 344
Figure 1-575 Rotate the door arm down ......................................................................................................................... 345
Figure 1-577 Connect two connectors ............................................................................................................................. 346
Figure 1-578 Install the connector cover ......................................................................................................................... 346
Figure 1-579 Install the door retainer straps .................................................................................................................. 347
Figure 1-581 Pull the tray out .......................................................................................................................................... 349
Figure 1-582 Remove the tray ......................................................................................................................................... 349
Figure 1-584 Release the door retainer straps ................................................................................................................ 350
Figure 1-585 Slide the door to the right .......................................................................................................................... 351
Figure 1-586 Remove the door ........................................................................................................................................ 352
Figure 1-588 Engage the inner door ................................................................................................................................ 353
Figure 1-589 Install the door ........................................................................................................................................... 354
Figure 1-590 Engage the door retainer straps ................................................................................................................ 355
Figure 1-592 Install nameplate and HP jewel .................................................................................................................. 356
Figure 1-593 Install the tray ............................................................................................................................................. 356
Figure 1-594 Close the tray .............................................................................................................................................. 357
Figure 1-601 Remove four screws ................................................................................................................................... 363
Figure 1-605 Install four screws cover ............................................................................................................................. 365
ENWW xxxiii
Figure 1-638 Release the cover ........................................................................................................................................ 385
Figure 1-642 Engage the cover ........................................................................................................................................ 387
xxxiv ENWW
Figure 1-657 Locate the USB cover .................................................................................................................................. 396
Figure 1-659 Locate the HIP cover ................................................................................................................................... 397
Figure 1-660 Note the mounting feet and tabs ............................................................................................................... 398
Figure 1-661 Release the HIP cover tabs ......................................................................................................................... 398
Figure 1-663 Tilt the control panel up ............................................................................................................................. 400
Figure 1-664 Release the control-panel screws cover tabs ............................................................................................ 400
Figure 1-667 Rotate the control-panel base up .............................................................................................................. 402
Figure 1-668 Turn the control panel over ........................................................................................................................ 402
Figure 1-680 Remove three screws ................................................................................................................................. 409
Figure 1-681 Remove one screw and release one tab ..................................................................................................... 410
Figure 1-686 Engage one tab ........................................................................................................................................... 412
Figure 1-687 Engage one tab and install one screw ........................................................................................................ 413
ENWW xxxv
Figure 1-698 Place the control panel on the product ...................................................................................................... 418
Figure 1-701 Rotate the control-panel base down .......................................................................................................... 420
xxxvi ENWW
Figure 1-754 Disconnect connector and remove screws ................................................................................................. 449
Figure 1-755 Remove the stapler unit ............................................................................................................................. 450
ENWW xxxvii
Figure 1-773 Align the tabs .............................................................................................................................................. 459
Figure 1-775 Verify the installation ................................................................................................................................. 460
Figure 1-776 Position the locator pins ............................................................................................................................. 460
Figure 1-777 Press down on the cover ............................................................................................................................. 461
Figure 1-790 Position the hooks in the slots ................................................................................................................... 467
Figure 1-791 Connect connector and install screws ........................................................................................................ 468
xxxviii ENWW
ENWW xxxix
xl ENWW
ENWW xli
Figure 1-946 Remove the PCA holder .............................................................................................................................. 553
Figure 1-947 Remove one cable ....................................................................................................................................... 553
Figure 1-949 Remove the control panel .......................................................................................................................... 554
Figure 1-951 Connect one connector ............................................................................................................................... 555
Figure 1-952 Install four screws ...................................................................................................................................... 556
Figure 1-953 Place one cable in the guide ....................................................................................................................... 556
Figure 1-954 Install the tab .............................................................................................................................................. 557
Figure 1-971 Open Tray 1 ................................................................................................................................................. 569
Figure 1-972 Open the roller cover .................................................................................................................................. 569
xlii ENWW
Figure 1-976 Release the tray retainers .......................................................................................................................... 571
Figure 1-977 Raise Tray 1 up ............................................................................................................................................ 572
Figure 1-978 Open the roller cover .................................................................................................................................. 572
Figure 1-982 Locate the keyed end of the roller and the holder ..................................................................................... 574
Figure 1-984 Rotate the end of the roller into the holder ............................................................................................... 575
Figure 1-985 Close the roller cover .................................................................................................................................. 576
Figure 1-986 Lower Tray 1 down ...................................................................................................................................... 576
Figure 1-987 Reconnect the tray retainers ...................................................................................................................... 577
Figure 1-989 Reconnect two tabs .................................................................................................................................... 578
Figure 1-990 Install the roller cover ................................................................................................................................. 578
Figure 1-991 Close the roller cover .................................................................................................................................. 579
Figure 1-992 Close Tray 1 ................................................................................................................................................. 579
Figure 1-994 Release the secondary transfer roller assembly ....................................................................................... 581
Figure 1-995 Carefully flex the top portion of the blue arm ........................................................................................... 582
Figure 1-996 Disengage the blue arm and pin ................................................................................................................. 582
Figure 1-997 Remove the secondary transfer roller assembly ....................................................................................... 583
Figure 1-999 Install the right hinge ................................................................................................................................. 584
Figure 1-1000 Install the left hinge ................................................................................................................................. 584
Figure 1-1001 Engage the blue arm with the pin ............................................................................................................ 585
Figure 1-1002 Close the right door .................................................................................................................................. 585
Figure 1-1003 Locate the USB cover ................................................................................................................................ 587
Figure 1-1004 Remove the cover ..................................................................................................................................... 588
Figure 1-1005 Tilt the control panel up ........................................................................................................................... 589
Figure 1-1006 Release the control-panel screws cover tabs .......................................................................................... 589
Figure 1-1008 Remove two screws .................................................................................................................................. 590
Figure 1-1009 Rotate the control-panel base up ............................................................................................................ 591
Figure 1-1010 Turn the control panel over ...................................................................................................................... 591
Figure 1-1011 Disconnect two connectors ...................................................................................................................... 592
Figure 1-1012 Open the front door .................................................................................................................................. 592
Figure 1-1013 Open the TCU ............................................................................................................................................ 593
Figure 1-1014 Remove the TCU ........................................................................................................................................ 594
Figure 1-1015 Locate the formatter cover ...................................................................................................................... 595
Figure 1-1016 Loosen the thumbscrews ......................................................................................................................... 595
ENWW xliii
Figure 1-1017 Remove four screws ................................................................................................................................. 596
Figure 1-1019 Remove one screw .................................................................................................................................... 597
Figure 1-1020 Release the cover ..................................................................................................................................... 597
Figure 1-1022 Remove three screws ............................................................................................................................... 598
Figure 1-1023 Remove one screw and release one tab ................................................................................................... 599
Figure 1-1026 Remove the NFC PCA ................................................................................................................................ 600
Figure 1-1027 Recycle and unpack .................................................................................................................................. 601
Figure 1-1028 Install the NFC PCA ................................................................................................................................... 601
Figure 1-1029 Install the cover ........................................................................................................................................ 602
Figure 1-1030 Engage one tab ......................................................................................................................................... 602
Figure 1-1031 Engage one tab and install one screw ...................................................................................................... 603
Figure 1-1032 Install three screws .................................................................................................................................. 603
Figure 1-1034 Engage the cover ...................................................................................................................................... 604
Figure 1-1035 Install one screw ....................................................................................................................................... 605
Figure 1-1037 Install four screws cover ........................................................................................................................... 606
Figure 1-1039 Verify that the toner collection hatch cover is closed .............................................................................. 607
Figure 1-1040 Install the TCU ........................................................................................................................................... 607
Figure 1-1041 Close the front door .................................................................................................................................. 608
Figure 1-1042 Place the control panel on the product .................................................................................................... 608
Figure 1-1043 Connect two connectors ........................................................................................................................... 609
Figure 1-1045 Rotate the control-panel base down ....................................................................................................... 610
Figure 1-1046 Install two screws ..................................................................................................................................... 610
Figure 1-1049 Check the installation ............................................................................................................................... 612
Figure 1-1050 Open the document feeder ...................................................................................................................... 614
Figure 1-1051 Release five tabs ....................................................................................................................................... 614
Figure 1-1053 Locate the NFC .......................................................................................................................................... 615
Figure 1-1054 Release four tabs ...................................................................................................................................... 616
Figure 1-1055 Disconnect one connector ........................................................................................................................ 616
Figure 1-1057 Connect one connector ............................................................................................................................. 617
xliv ENWW
Figure 1-1058 Position the NFC PCA ................................................................................................................................ 618
Figure 1-1059 Install four tabs ........................................................................................................................................ 618
Figure 1-1060 Position the control-panel cover on the printer ...................................................................................... 619
Figure 1-1061 Engage five tabs ....................................................................................................................................... 619
Figure 1-1062 Close the document feeder ...................................................................................................................... 620
Figure 1-1087 Release the right edge .............................................................................................................................. 636
Figure 1-1088 Slide the cover right .................................................................................................................................. 637
Figure 1-1090 Release one tab ........................................................................................................................................ 638
Figure 1-1091 Slide the cover back .................................................................................................................................. 638
Figure 1-1092 Remove the left upper cover .................................................................................................................... 639
Figure 1-1094 Release two tabs ...................................................................................................................................... 640
Figure 1-1095 Rotate the cover ....................................................................................................................................... 640
Figure 1-1098 Release the back edge of the cover ......................................................................................................... 642
ENWW xlv
Figure 1-1103 Disconnect four connectors ..................................................................................................................... 644
Figure 1-1104 Disconnect connectors ............................................................................................................................. 645
Figure 1-1105 Slide the ISA towards the back of the printer .......................................................................................... 645
Figure 1-1106 Remove the ISA ......................................................................................................................................... 646
Figure 1-1107 Disconnect connector and remove screws ............................................................................................... 646
Figure 1-1108 Remove the stapler unit ........................................................................................................................... 647
Figure 1-1109 Remove two screws and one connector ................................................................................................... 647
Figure 1-1110 Remove one screw and connector ........................................................................................................... 648
Figure 1-1111 Slide the cover .......................................................................................................................................... 648
Figure 1-1113 Remove five screws .................................................................................................................................. 649
Figure 1-1115 Remove the top rear cover ....................................................................................................................... 650
Figure 1-1124 Remove the wireless PCA ......................................................................................................................... 655
Figure 1-1126 Install the wireless PCA ............................................................................................................................ 656
Figure 1-1128 Align the tabs ............................................................................................................................................ 657
Figure 1-1130 Verify the installation ............................................................................................................................... 658
Figure 1-1131 Position the locator pins ........................................................................................................................... 658
Figure 1-1132 Press down on the cover .......................................................................................................................... 659
Figure 1-1137 Align the locator tabs ............................................................................................................................... 661
Figure 1-1139 Install five screws ..................................................................................................................................... 662
xlvi ENWW
Figure 1-1140 Install the cables ....................................................................................................................................... 663
Figure 1-1141 Position the hooks .................................................................................................................................... 663
Figure 1-1143 Install one screw and connector .............................................................................................................. 664
Figure 1-1145 Position the hooks in the slots ................................................................................................................. 665
Figure 1-1146 Connect connector and install screws ...................................................................................................... 666
Figure 1-1147 Locate the ISA mounting pins and slots ................................................................................................... 250
Figure 1-1148 Install the ISA ............................................................................................................................................ 667
Figure 1-1149 Slide the ISA towards the front of the printer .......................................................................................... 667
Figure 1-1153 Connect connectors .................................................................................................................................. 669
Figure 1-1154 Connect four connectors .......................................................................................................................... 670
Figure 1-1155 Install two tabs ......................................................................................................................................... 670
Figure 1-1156 Install the cover assembly ........................................................................................................................ 671
Figure 1-1159 Press the cover ......................................................................................................................................... 672
Figure 1-1161 Position the tab ........................................................................................................................................ 673
Figure 1-1163 Check the tab ............................................................................................................................................ 674
Figure 1-1164 Align the cover .......................................................................................................................................... 675
Figure 1-1165 Rotate the top of the cover ...................................................................................................................... 675
ENWW xlvii
Figure 1-1189 Open the stapler door ............................................................................................................................... 689
Figure 1-1190 Remove the staple cartridge .................................................................................................................... 689
Figure 1-1191 Close the stapler door .............................................................................................................................. 690
Figure 1-1204 Open the stapler door ............................................................................................................................... 696
Figure 1-1205 Install the staple cartridge ....................................................................................................................... 697
Figure 1-1206 Close the stapler door .............................................................................................................................. 697
Figure 1-1217 Disconnect 18 connectors ........................................................................................................................ 704
Figure 1-1218 Disconnect the flat cables ........................................................................................................................ 705
Figure 1-1219 Remove the DC controller ......................................................................................................................... 705
Figure 1-1221 Install the DC controller ............................................................................................................................ 706
xlviii ENWW
Figure 1-1222 Connect the flat cables ............................................................................................................................. 707
Figure 1-1223 Connect all of the connectors ................................................................................................................... 707
Figure 1-1241 Open the right door .................................................................................................................................. 720
Figure 1-1242 Release the fuser ...................................................................................................................................... 720
Figure 1-1243 Remove the fuser ..................................................................................................................................... 721
Figure 1-1244 Release the ITB drive coupling ................................................................................................................. 721
Figure 1-1245 Lower the secondary transfer roller assembly ........................................................................................ 722
Figure 1-1246 Release the front-side ITB spring ............................................................................................................. 722
Figure 1-1247 Place the spring on the holder ................................................................................................................. 723
Figure 1-1248 Release the rear-side ITB spring .............................................................................................................. 723
Figure 1-1249 Place the spring on the holder ................................................................................................................. 724
Figure 1-1250 Grasp the ITB handles ............................................................................................................................... 725
Figure 1-1251 Remove the ITB ......................................................................................................................................... 725
ENWW xlix
Figure 1-1269 Remove the PCA holder ............................................................................................................................ 734
Figure 1-1270 Remove one cable .................................................................................................................................... 735
Figure 1-1272 Remove the control panel ........................................................................................................................ 736
Figure 1-1278 Slide the cover back .................................................................................................................................. 739
Figure 1-1279 Remove the left upper cover .................................................................................................................... 739
Figure 1-1282 Rotate the cover ....................................................................................................................................... 741
Figure 1-1290 Disconnect four connectors ..................................................................................................................... 745
Figure 1-1291 Disconnect connectors ............................................................................................................................. 745
Figure 1-1292 Slide the ISA towards the back of the printer .......................................................................................... 746
Figure 1-1293 Remove the ISA ......................................................................................................................................... 746
Figure 1-1296 Remove two screws and one connector ................................................................................................... 748
Figure 1-1297 Remove one screw and connector ........................................................................................................... 748
Figure 1-1300 Remove five screws .................................................................................................................................. 750
Figure 1-1302 Remove the top rear cover ....................................................................................................................... 751
l ENWW
Figure 1-1311 Remove the bracket .................................................................................................................................. 755
Figure 1-1315 Remove the PCA ....................................................................................................................................... 757
Figure 1-1316 Release two retainers and disconnect one connector ............................................................................. 758
Figure 1-1318 Remove the assembly .............................................................................................................................. 759
Figure 1-1320 Locate the solenoid plunger ..................................................................................................................... 760
Figure 1-1321 Remove the arm ....................................................................................................................................... 761
Figure 1-1322 Separate the solenoid plunger from the arm .......................................................................................... 761
Figure 1-1323 Install the solenoid plunger ..................................................................................................................... 762
Figure 1-1324 Install the assembly ................................................................................................................................. 762
Figure 1-1325 Install four screws .................................................................................................................................... 763
Figure 1-1327 Install the PCA holder ............................................................................................................................... 764
Figure 1-1332 Align the tabs ............................................................................................................................................ 766
Figure 1-1335 Position the tabs in the slots .................................................................................................................... 768
Figure 1-1338 Position the locator pins ........................................................................................................................... 769
Figure 1-1339 Press down on the cover .......................................................................................................................... 770
Figure 1-1344 Align the locator tabs ............................................................................................................................... 772
ENWW li
Figure 1-1346 Install five screws ..................................................................................................................................... 773
Figure 1-1347 Install the cables ....................................................................................................................................... 774
Figure 1-1355 Install the ISA ............................................................................................................................................ 778
Figure 1-1356 Slide the ISA towards the front of the printer .......................................................................................... 778
Figure 1-1360 Connect connectors .................................................................................................................................. 780
Figure 1-1361 Connect four connectors .......................................................................................................................... 781
Figure 1-1366 Press the cover ......................................................................................................................................... 783
Figure 1-1368 Position the tab ........................................................................................................................................ 784
Figure 1-1370 Check the tab ............................................................................................................................................ 785
Figure 1-1377 Place one cable in the guide ..................................................................................................................... 789
Figure 1-1378 Install the tab ............................................................................................................................................ 789
lii ENWW
Figure 1-1395 Handle the ITB by the edges ..................................................................................................................... 798
Figure 1-1396 Align the ITB with the slots in the product ............................................................................................... 798
Figure 1-1397 Install the ITB ............................................................................................................................................ 799
Figure 1-1398 Remove the spring from the holder ......................................................................................................... 799
Figure 1-1399 Fasten the rear-side ITB spring ................................................................................................................ 800
Figure 1-1400 Remove the spring from the holder ......................................................................................................... 800
Figure 1-1401 Fasten the front-side ITB spring ............................................................................................................... 801
Figure 1-1402 Engage the ITB drive coupling .................................................................................................................. 801
Figure 1-1403 Align the fuser with the opening .............................................................................................................. 802
Figure 1-1404 Install the fuser ........................................................................................................................................ 802
Figure 1-1405 Close the right door .................................................................................................................................. 803
Figure 1-1414 Release the HDD ....................................................................................................................................... 810
Figure 1-1415 Remove the HDD ....................................................................................................................................... 810
Figure 1-1416 Remove the eMMC .................................................................................................................................... 811
Figure 1-1417 Locate the DIMM ....................................................................................................................................... 811
Figure 1-1418 Remove the DIMM ..................................................................................................................................... 812
Figure 1-1419 Locate the TPM ......................................................................................................................................... 812
Figure 1-1420 Remove the TPM ....................................................................................................................................... 813
Figure 1-1421 Disconnect all connectors ........................................................................................................................ 814
Figure 1-1422 Remove the formatter .............................................................................................................................. 814
Figure 1-1424 Install the formatter ................................................................................................................................. 815
Figure 1-1425 Connect all connectors ............................................................................................................................. 816
Figure 1-1426 The DIMM connector ................................................................................................................................. 817
ENWW liii
Figure 1-1427 Install the DIMM ........................................................................................................................................ 817
Figure 1-1429 Install the eMMC ....................................................................................................................................... 818
Figure 1-1431 Install the TPM .......................................................................................................................................... 819
Figure 1-1432 Verify that the TPM is fully seated ........................................................................................................... 820
Figure 1-1433 Install the holder ...................................................................................................................................... 820
Figure 1-1440 Locate the fax PCA .................................................................................................................................... 825
Figure 1-1442 Release one latch ...................................................................................................................................... 826
Figure 1-1443 Remove the fax PCA ................................................................................................................................. 827
Figure 1-1444 Locate the DIMM ....................................................................................................................................... 827
Figure 1-1445 Release the DIMM ..................................................................................................................................... 828
Figure 1-1446 Remove the DIMM (M527) ........................................................................................................................ 828
Figure 1-1454 Insert the DIMM ........................................................................................................................................ 833
Figure 1-1455 Install the DIMM ........................................................................................................................................ 834
Figure 1-1456 Snap the DIMM into place ......................................................................................................................... 834
Figure 1-1457 Position the fax PCA ................................................................................................................................. 835
Figure 1-1458 Install the fax PCA ..................................................................................................................................... 835
Figure 1-1459 Connect the connector ............................................................................................................................. 836
liv ENWW
Figure 1-1492 Remove the LVPS cover ............................................................................................................................ 856
Figure 1-1493 Release wire harnesses and flat cable ..................................................................................................... 857
Figure 1-1494 Remove six screws ................................................................................................................................... 857
Figure 1-1495 Release the formatter case ...................................................................................................................... 858
Figure 1-1496 Remove the formatter case ...................................................................................................................... 858
Figure 1-1498 Pass the wire harnesses through the opening ......................................................................................... 859
Figure 1-1499 Install the formatter case ......................................................................................................................... 860
Figure 1-1500 Install six screws ....................................................................................................................................... 860
Figure 1-1501 Install wire harnesses and flat cable ........................................................................................................ 861
Figure 1-1502 Install the LVPS cover ............................................................................................................................... 861
Figure 1-1503 Attach the flat cable ................................................................................................................................. 862
Figure 1-1504 Position the bracket ................................................................................................................................. 862
ENWW lv
lvi ENWW
Figure 1-1550 Pass the wire harness through the opening ............................................................................................ 889
Figure 1-1551 Disconnect three connectors .................................................................................................................... 890
Figure 1-1552 Remove the fuser power supply .............................................................................................................. 890
Figure 1-1554 Remove the fuser power supply .............................................................................................................. 891
Figure 1-1555 Connect three connectors ........................................................................................................................ 892
Figure 1-1556 Pass the wire harness through the opening ............................................................................................ 892
ENWW lvii
Figure 1-1609 Disconnect one wire harness .................................................................................................................... 923
Figure 1-1610 Disconnect seven connectors ................................................................................................................... 923
Figure 1-1613 Remove the LVPS ...................................................................................................................................... 925
Figure 1-1615 Install the LVPS ......................................................................................................................................... 926
Figure 1-1618 Connect seven connectors ....................................................................................................................... 927
Figure 1-1619 Connect one wire harness ........................................................................................................................ 928
lviii ENWW
ENWW lix
Figure 1-1688 Disconnect one wire harness .................................................................................................................... 968
Figure 1-1689 Disconnect seven connectors ................................................................................................................... 968
Figure 1-1692 Remove the LVPS ...................................................................................................................................... 970
Figure 1-1693 Disconnect one flat cable ......................................................................................................................... 970
Figure 1-1695 Remove the HVPSD ................................................................................................................................... 971
Figure 1-1697 Install the HVPSD ...................................................................................................................................... 972
Figure 1-1698 Press the tabs ........................................................................................................................................... 973
Figure 1-1700 Connect one flat cable .............................................................................................................................. 974
Figure 1-1701 Install the LVPS ......................................................................................................................................... 974
Figure 1-1704 Connect seven connectors ....................................................................................................................... 976
Figure 1-1705 Connect one wire harness ........................................................................................................................ 976
lx ENWW
Figure 1-1743 Locate the formatter cover .................................................................................................................... 1000
Figure 1-1744 Loosen the thumbscrews ....................................................................................................................... 1000
Figure 1-1745 Disconnect all connectors ...................................................................................................................... 1002
Figure 1-1746 Remove the formatter ............................................................................................................................ 1002
Figure 1-1747 Release the HDD ..................................................................................................................................... 1003
Figure 1-1748 Remove the HDD ..................................................................................................................................... 1003
Figure 1-1749 Locate the fax PCA .................................................................................................................................. 1004
Figure 1-1750 Disconnect one connector ...................................................................................................................... 1004
Figure 1-1751 Release one latch ................................................................................................................................... 1005
Figure 1-1752 Remove the fax PCA ............................................................................................................................... 1005
Figure 1-1754 Remove four screws ............................................................................................................................... 1007
ENWW lxi
Figure 1-1757 Remove the cover ................................................................................................................................... 1008
Figure 1-1758 Remove two screws ................................................................................................................................ 1009
Figure 1-1759 Release the right edge ........................................................................................................................... 1009
Figure 1-1760 Slide the cover right ............................................................................................................................... 1010
Figure 1-1764 Remove one screw .................................................................................................................................. 1012
Figure 1-1765 Release the cover ................................................................................................................................... 1012
Figure 1-1768 Remove the bracket ............................................................................................................................... 1014
Figure 1-1769 Remove the LVPS cover .......................................................................................................................... 1014
Figure 1-1770 Release wire harnesses and flat cable ................................................................................................... 1015
Figure 1-1771 Remove six screws ................................................................................................................................. 1015
Figure 1-1772 Release the formatter case .................................................................................................................... 1016
Figure 1-1773 Remove the formatter case ................................................................................................................... 1016
Figure 1-1774 Remove the motor .................................................................................................................................. 1017
Figure 1-1775 Recycle and unpack ................................................................................................................................ 1017
Figure 1-1776 Install the motor ..................................................................................................................................... 1018
Figure 1-1777 Pass the wire harnesses through the opening ...................................................................................... 1018
Figure 1-1778 Install the formatter case ...................................................................................................................... 1019
Figure 1-1779 Install six screws .................................................................................................................................... 1019
Figure 1-1780 Install wire harnesses and flat cable ...................................................................................................... 1020
Figure 1-1781 Install the LVPS cover ............................................................................................................................. 1020
Figure 1-1782 Attach the flat cable ............................................................................................................................... 1021
Figure 1-1783 Position the bracket ............................................................................................................................... 1021
Figure 1-1784 Connect one connector ........................................................................................................................... 1022
Figure 1-1785 Install the cover ...................................................................................................................................... 1022
Figure 1-1786 Engage the cover .................................................................................................................................... 1023
Figure 1-1787 Install one screw ..................................................................................................................................... 1023
Figure 1-1788 Position the hooks .................................................................................................................................. 1024
Figure 1-1790 Install four screws cover ........................................................................................................................ 1025
Figure 1-1791 Align the cover ........................................................................................................................................ 1025
Figure 1-1792 Rotate the top of the cover .................................................................................................................... 1026
Figure 1-1793 Slide the cover ........................................................................................................................................ 1026
Figure 1-1794 Install two screws ................................................................................................................................... 1027
lxii ENWW
Figure 1-1797 Install the formatter ............................................................................................................................... 1028
Figure 1-1798 Install four screws .................................................................................................................................. 1029
Figure 1-1799 Connect all connectors ........................................................................................................................... 1030
Figure 1-1800 Position the fax PCA ............................................................................................................................... 1030
Figure 1-1801 Install the fax PCA .................................................................................................................................. 1031
Figure 1-1802 Connect the connector ........................................................................................................................... 1031
Figure 1-1803 Install the holder .................................................................................................................................... 1032
Figure 1-1808 Verify that the toner collection hatch cover is closed ........................................................................... 1035
Figure 1-1809 Install the TCU ......................................................................................................................................... 1036
Figure 1-1810 Close the front door ............................................................................................................................... 1036
Figure 1-1811 Locate the USB cover .............................................................................................................................. 1039
Figure 1-1813 Tilt the control panel up ......................................................................................................................... 1040
Figure 1-1814 Release the control-panel screws cover tabs ........................................................................................ 1040
Figure 1-1817 Rotate the control-panel base up .......................................................................................................... 1042
Figure 1-1818 Turn the control panel over .................................................................................................................... 1042
Figure 1-1819 Disconnect two connectors .................................................................................................................... 1043
Figure 1-1820 Open the front door ................................................................................................................................ 1043
Figure 1-1821 Open the TCU .......................................................................................................................................... 1044
Figure 1-1822 Remove the TCU ..................................................................................................................................... 1045
Figure 1-1836 Remove three screws ............................................................................................................................. 1052
ENWW lxiii
Figure 1-1837 Remove one screw and release one tab ................................................................................................ 1053
Figure 1-1841 Release two tabs .................................................................................................................................... 1055
Figure 1-1842 Rotate the cover ..................................................................................................................................... 1055
Figure 1-1845 Release the back edge of the cover ....................................................................................................... 1057
Figure 1-1847 Remove two screws and one connector ................................................................................................ 1058
Figure 1-1848 Remove one screw and connector ......................................................................................................... 1058
Figure 1-1871 Disconnect one wire harness ................................................................................................................. 1071
Figure 1-1872 Disconnect seven connectors ................................................................................................................. 1071
Figure 1-1875 Remove the LVPS .................................................................................................................................... 1073
Figure 1-1877 Release the wire harnesses .................................................................................................................... 1074
lxiv ENWW
Figure 1-1878 Remove the fan ...................................................................................................................................... 1074
Figure 1-1880 Install the fan ......................................................................................................................................... 1075
Figure 1-1881 Place the wire harnesses in the retainer ................................................................................................ 1076
Figure 1-1883 Install the LVPS ....................................................................................................................................... 1077
Figure 1-1884 Install three screws ................................................................................................................................ 1077
Figure 1-1886 Connect seven connectors ..................................................................................................................... 1078
Figure 1-1887 Connect one wire harness ...................................................................................................................... 1079
Figure 1-1908 Install the cables .................................................................................................................................... 1090
Figure 1-1911 Install one screw and connector ............................................................................................................ 1092
Figure 1-1913 Install two tabs ....................................................................................................................................... 1093
Figure 1-1914 Install the cover assembly ..................................................................................................................... 1093
Figure 1-1917 Press the cover ....................................................................................................................................... 1095
ENWW lxv
Figure 1-1920 Engage one tab ....................................................................................................................................... 1097
Figure 1-1921 Engage one tab and install one screw ................................................................................................... 1097
Figure 1-1939 Place the control panel on the product .................................................................................................. 1106
Figure 1-1940 Connect two connectors ......................................................................................................................... 1107
Figure 1-1942 Rotate the control-panel base down ..................................................................................................... 1108
Figure 1-1946 Check the installation ............................................................................................................................. 1110
lxvi ENWW
Figure 1-1986 Disconnect one flat cable ....................................................................................................................... 1134
Figure 1-1988 Remove the HVPSD ................................................................................................................................ 1135
Figure 1-1992 Install the HVPSD .................................................................................................................................... 1137
Figure 1-1993 Press the tabs ......................................................................................................................................... 1138
Figure 1-1995 Connect one flat cable ............................................................................................................................ 1139
ENWW lxvii
lxviii ENWW
Figure 1-2077 Remove the assembly ............................................................................................................................ 1186
Figure 1-2079 Install the assembly ............................................................................................................................... 1187
ENWW lxix
lxx ENWW
ENWW lxxi
Figure 1-2166 Disconnect two flat cables ..................................................................................................................... 1236
Figure 1-2169 Install the lifter drive .............................................................................................................................. 1238
Figure 1-2170 Connect two flat cables .......................................................................................................................... 1238
lxxii ENWW
Figure 1-2218 Remove the toner cartridge ................................................................................................................... 1267
ENWW lxxiii
Figure 1-2258 Release one wire harness ....................................................................................................................... 1288
Figure 1-2260 Remove the guide ................................................................................................................................... 1289
Figure 1-2263 Remove one screw and the plate ........................................................................................................... 1290
Figure 1-2264 Release the spring .................................................................................................................................. 1291
Figure 1-2265 Remove the spring ................................................................................................................................. 1291
Figure 1-2266 Release the wire harness ....................................................................................................................... 1292
Figure 1-2267 Remove the laser/scanner assembly ..................................................................................................... 1292
Figure 1-2269 Handle the laser/scanner assembly carefully ........................................................................................ 1293
Figure 1-2270 Install the laser/scanner assembly ........................................................................................................ 1294
Figure 1-2271 Release the spring .................................................................................................................................. 1294
Figure 1-2272 Install the plate and one screw .............................................................................................................. 1295
Figure 1-2273 Place the wire harness in the retainers .................................................................................................. 1295
Figure 1-2276 Install the guide ...................................................................................................................................... 1297
Figure 1-2277 Place one wire harness in the retainer ................................................................................................... 1297
lxxiv ENWW
Figure 1-2318 Install a toner cartridge .......................................................................................................................... 1319
ENWW lxxv
Figure 1-2331 Pull the tray out ...................................................................................................................................... 1329
Figure 1-2332 Remove the tray ..................................................................................................................................... 1330
Figure 1-2357 Release one tab ...................................................................................................................................... 1345
Figure 1-2358 Slide the cover back ................................................................................................................................ 1345
Figure 1-2359 Remove the left upper cover .................................................................................................................. 1346
lxxvi ENWW
Figure 1-2370 Disconnect connectors ........................................................................................................................... 1351
Figure 1-2371 Slide the ISA towards the back of the printer ........................................................................................ 1352
Figure 1-2372 Remove the ISA ....................................................................................................................................... 1352
Figure 1-2397 Release the fan ....................................................................................................................................... 1365
Figure 1-2401 Engage the fan with the chassis ............................................................................................................ 1367
ENWW lxxvii
Figure 1-2419 Position the locator pins ........................................................................................................................ 1376
Figure 1-2420 Press down on the cover ........................................................................................................................ 1376
Figure 1-2429 Install the ISA .......................................................................................................................................... 1381
Figure 1-2430 Slide the ISA towards the front of the printer ........................................................................................ 1381
Figure 1-2434 Connect connectors ................................................................................................................................ 1383
Figure 1-2441 Position the tab ...................................................................................................................................... 1387
Figure 1-2443 Check the tab .......................................................................................................................................... 1388
lxxviii ENWW
Figure 1-2467 Install the tray ........................................................................................................................................ 1402
Figure 1-2468 Close the tray .......................................................................................................................................... 1402
ENWW lxxix
Figure 1-2532 Remove five screws ................................................................................................................................ 1440
lxxx ENWW
Figure 1-2534 Remove the top rear cover ..................................................................................................................... 1441
Figure 1-2552 Remove the plate ................................................................................................................................... 1450
Figure 1-2553 Disconnect five connectors and one flat cable ...................................................................................... 1450
Figure 1-2555 Release the HVPST ................................................................................................................................. 1451
Figure 1-2556 Remove the HVPST ................................................................................................................................. 1452
Figure 1-2558 Connect one ground wire ....................................................................................................................... 1453
Figure 1-2559 Install the HVPST .................................................................................................................................... 1453
Figure 1-2561 Connect five connectors and one flat cable ........................................................................................... 1454
Figure 1-2562 Install the plate ...................................................................................................................................... 1455
ENWW lxxxi
Figure 1-2581 Align the locator tabs ............................................................................................................................. 1464
Figure 1-2583 Install five screws ................................................................................................................................... 1465
lxxxii ENWW
ENWW lxxxiii
lxxxiv ENWW
ENWW lxxxv
lxxxvi ENWW
ENWW lxxxvii
lxxxviii ENWW
ENWW lxxxix
xc ENWW
ENWW xci
xcii ENWW
ENWW xciii
xciv ENWW
Figure 1-3139 Remove the sensor ................................................................................................................................. 1769
Figure 1-3141 Install the sensor .................................................................................................................................... 1770
ENWW xcv
Figure 1-3156 Open the right door ................................................................................................................................ 1781
Figure 1-3157 Release the fuser .................................................................................................................................... 1781
Figure 1-3158 Remove the fuser ................................................................................................................................... 1782
xcvi ENWW
Figure 1-3208 Disconnect connector and remove screws ............................................................................................ 1810
Figure 1-3209 Remove the stapler unit ......................................................................................................................... 1810
ENWW xcvii
Figure 1-3248 Move the guide out of the way ............................................................................................................... 1830
Figure 1-3255 Check the gears on the assembly .......................................................................................................... 1834
xcviii ENWW
Figure 1-3284 Position the tabs in the slots .................................................................................................................. 1848
Figure 1-3301 Position the hooks in the slots ............................................................................................................... 1857
Figure 1-3302 Connect connector and install screws .................................................................................................... 1857
ENWW xcix
Figure 1-3350 Align the fuser with the opening ............................................................................................................ 1884
Figure 1-3351 Install the fuser ...................................................................................................................................... 1884
Figure 1-3352 Close the right door ................................................................................................................................ 1885
c ENWW
Figure 1-3359 Release the ITB drive coupling ............................................................................................................... 1892
Figure 1-3360 Lower the secondary transfer roller assembly ...................................................................................... 1893
Figure 1-3361 Release the front-side ITB spring ........................................................................................................... 1893
Figure 1-3362 Place the spring on the holder ............................................................................................................... 1894
Figure 1-3363 Release the rear-side ITB spring ............................................................................................................ 1894
Figure 1-3365 Grasp the ITB handles ............................................................................................................................. 1896
Figure 1-3366 Remove the ITB ...................................................................................................................................... 1896
ENWW ci
cii ENWW
Figure 1-3444 Remove the PCA holder .......................................................................................................................... 1938
Figure 1-3445 Remove one cable .................................................................................................................................. 1938
Figure 1-3447 Remove the control panel ...................................................................................................................... 1939
Figure 1-3472 Remove the PCA ..................................................................................................................................... 1952
Figure 1-3473 Release two retainers and disconnect one connector ........................................................................... 1952
ENWW ciii
Figure 1-3477 Remove the duplex drive assembly ....................................................................................................... 1955
Figure 1-3479 Install the duplex drive assembly .......................................................................................................... 1956
Figure 1-3484 Install the PCA holder ............................................................................................................................. 1959
Figure 1-3511 Align the tabs .......................................................................................................................................... 1972
Figure 1-3513 Verify the installation ............................................................................................................................. 1973
Figure 1-3516 Place one cable in the guide ................................................................................................................... 1975
Figure 1-3517 Install the tab ......................................................................................................................................... 1975
civ ENWW
ENWW cv
Figure 1-3594 Handle the ITB by the edges ................................................................................................................... 2016
Figure 1-3595 Align the ITB with the slots in the product ............................................................................................. 2016
Figure 1-3596 Install the ITB .......................................................................................................................................... 2017
Figure 1-3597 Remove the spring from the holder ....................................................................................................... 2017
Figure 1-3598 Fasten the rear-side ITB spring .............................................................................................................. 2018
cvi ENWW
Figure 1-3600 Fasten the front-side ITB spring ............................................................................................................ 2019
Figure 1-3601 Engage the ITB drive coupling ................................................................................................................ 2019
ENWW cvii
cviii ENWW
Figure 1-3694 Remove the gear if installed .................................................................................................................. 2070
Figure 1-3696 Check the gears for a gap ....................................................................................................................... 2072
Figure 1-3697 Adjust the gears ...................................................................................................................................... 2072
ENWW cix
cx ENWW
Figure 1-3788 Release the secondary transfer roller assembly ................................................................................... 2122
Figure 1-3789 Carefully flex the top portion of the blue arm ....................................................................................... 2123
Figure 1-3790 Disengage the blue arm and pin ............................................................................................................ 2123
Figure 1-3791 Remove the secondary transfer roller assembly ................................................................................... 2124
ENWW cxi
cxii ENWW
ENWW cxiii
Figure 1-3894 Release the guide ................................................................................................................................... 2177
Figure 1-3897 Locate the sheet metal potion of the assembly .................................................................................... 2178
Figure 1-3898 Take note of the sheet-metal tabs ......................................................................................................... 2179
Figure 1-3899 Rotate the top of the assembly away from the chassis ........................................................................ 2179
Figure 1-3900 Release the bottom tabs ........................................................................................................................ 2180
Figure 1-3903 Connect three connectors ...................................................................................................................... 2181
Figure 1-3904 Align the tabs on the assembly with the slots ....................................................................................... 2182
Figure 1-3905 Install the bottom tabs ........................................................................................................................... 2182
Figure 1-3906 Install the top tabs ................................................................................................................................. 2183
Figure 1-3908 Position the guide on the product .......................................................................................................... 2184
Figure 1-3910 Position the cover on the product .......................................................................................................... 2185
cxiv ENWW
ENWW cxv
cxvi ENWW
Figure 1-4014 Install the right hinge ............................................................................................................................. 2238
Figure 1-4015 Install the left hinge ............................................................................................................................... 2239
Figure 1-4016 Engage the blue arm with the pin .......................................................................................................... 2239
ENWW cxvii
cxviii ENWW
ENWW cxix
Figure 1-4134 Release the left end of the assembly ..................................................................................................... 2303
Figure 1-4135 Slide the assembly to the left ................................................................................................................ 2304
Figure 1-4138 Remove the tray pickup roller assembly ............................................................................................... 2305
Figure 1-4139 Locate the feed bushing ......................................................................................................................... 2306
Figure 1-4140 Release one tab and rotate the bushing ................................................................................................ 2306
Figure 1-4141 Remove the bushing ............................................................................................................................... 2307
Figure 1-4142 Slide the shaft out .................................................................................................................................. 2307
Figure 1-4143 Remove the gear .................................................................................................................................... 2308
Figure 1-4145 Remove the tray pickup roller assembly ............................................................................................... 2309
Figure 1-4146 Locate the feed bushing ......................................................................................................................... 2309
Figure 1-4147 Release one tab and rotate the bushing ................................................................................................ 2310
Figure 1-4148 Remove the bushing ............................................................................................................................... 2310
Figure 1-4149 Slide the shaft out .................................................................................................................................. 2311
Figure 1-4150 Position the gear .................................................................................................................................... 2311
Figure 1-4151 Install the gear ....................................................................................................................................... 2312
Figure 1-4152 Install the shaft ...................................................................................................................................... 2312
Figure 1-4153 Check shaft alignment ........................................................................................................................... 2313
Figure 1-4154 Position the feed bushing ...................................................................................................................... 2313
Figure 1-4155 Install the feed bushing .......................................................................................................................... 2314
Figure 1-4156 Check shaft alignment ........................................................................................................................... 2314
Figure 1-4157 Position the roller assembly .................................................................................................................. 2315
Figure 1-4158 Install the roller assembly ...................................................................................................................... 2315
Figure 1-4159 Release the spring loaded shaft ............................................................................................................. 2316
Figure 1-4162 Position the assembly in the product .................................................................................................... 2317
Figure 1-4163 Slide the assembly to the right .............................................................................................................. 2318
cxx ENWW
ENWW cxxi
cxxii ENWW
ENWW cxxiii
cxxiv ENWW
ENWW cxxv
cxxvi ENWW
ENWW cxxvii
cxxviii ENWW
ENWW cxxix
cxxx ENWW
ENWW cxxxi
Figure 1-4650 Release one wire harness ....................................................................................................................... 2578
Figure 1-4653 Remove seven screws ............................................................................................................................ 2579
Figure 1-4654 Remove the main-drive assembly ......................................................................................................... 2580
Figure 1-4656 Main drive gear and cam locations ......................................................................................................... 2581
Figure 1-4657 Main drive gear and cam alignment ....................................................................................................... 2582
Figure 1-4658 Check the blue ITB drive handle ............................................................................................................. 2583
Figure 1-4659 Install the main-drive assembly ............................................................................................................ 2583
Figure 1-4660 Install seven screws ............................................................................................................................... 2584
Figure 1-4661 Verify that the assembly is correctly fastened ...................................................................................... 2584
Figure 1-4663 Install one wire harness ......................................................................................................................... 2585
cxxxii ENWW
Figure 1-4666 Install the wire harnesses ...................................................................................................................... 2587
Figure 1-4668 Install the wire harnesses ...................................................................................................................... 2588
ENWW cxxxiii
cxxxiv ENWW
ENWW cxxxv
Figure 1-4805 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors ...................................................................... 2663
Figure 1-4806 Open the document feeder .................................................................................................................... 2663
Figure 1-4807 Raise the document feeder .................................................................................................................... 2664
Figure 1-4809 Remove the document feeder ................................................................................................................ 2665
Figure 1-4811 Install the document feeder ................................................................................................................... 2666
Figure 1-4812 Lower the document feeder ................................................................................................................... 2666
Figure 1-4813 Install the retention clip ......................................................................................................................... 2667
Figure 1-4814 Press the retention clip .......................................................................................................................... 2667
Figure 1-4815 Install the white backing ........................................................................................................................ 2668
Figure 1-4816 Attach the white backing ........................................................................................................................ 2668
Figure 1-4817 Check the white backing ......................................................................................................................... 2669
Figure 1-4818 Close the document feeder .................................................................................................................... 2669
Figure 1-4819 Connect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors ........................................................................... 2670
Figure 1-4820 Position the tabs .................................................................................................................................... 2670
cxxxvi ENWW
Figure 1-4837 Disconnect all of the connectors ............................................................................................................ 2681
Figure 1-4838 Disconnect three connectors ................................................................................................................. 2681
Figure 1-4840 Slide the SCB out .................................................................................................................................... 2682
Figure 1-4841 Remove the SCB ..................................................................................................................................... 2683
Figure 1-4843 Install the SCB ......................................................................................................................................... 2684
Figure 1-4844 Slide the SCB in ....................................................................................................................................... 2684
Figure 1-4845 Raise the SCB and install cables ............................................................................................................. 2685
Figure 1-4848 Connect all of the connectors ................................................................................................................ 2686
Figure 1-4855 Release five tabs .................................................................................................................................... 2692
Figure 1-4857 Remove the white backing ..................................................................................................................... 2693
Figure 1-4858 Check the retention clips ........................................................................................................................ 2694
Figure 1-4859 Check the retention clip spring .............................................................................................................. 2694
Figure 1-4860 Install the retention clip ......................................................................................................................... 2695
Figure 1-4861 Press the retention clip .......................................................................................................................... 2695
Figure 1-4862 Disconnect the keyboard flat cable ........................................................................................................ 2696
Figure 1-4863 Slide the keyboard out ........................................................................................................................... 2696
Figure 1-4865 Remove the keyboard ............................................................................................................................ 2697
Figure 1-4869 Remove the control panel ...................................................................................................................... 2699
ENWW cxxxvii
Figure 1-4892 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors ...................................................................... 2711
Figure 1-4893 Disconnect three connectors ................................................................................................................. 2711
Figure 1-4895 Raise the document feeder .................................................................................................................... 2712
Figure 1-4897 Remove the document feeder ................................................................................................................ 2713
Figure 1-4899 Slide the SCB out .................................................................................................................................... 2714
Figure 1-4900 Remove the SCB ..................................................................................................................................... 2715
Figure 1-4901 Disconnect cables and connectors ......................................................................................................... 2715
Figure 1-4905 Release the image scanner .................................................................................................................... 2717
Figure 1-4906 Remove the image scanner .................................................................................................................... 2718
Figure 1-4908 Locate the image scanner mounting pins and slots .............................................................................. 2719
Figure 1-4909 Install the image scanner ....................................................................................................................... 2719
Figure 1-4910 Engage the image scanner ..................................................................................................................... 2720
cxxxviii ENWW
Figure 1-4915 Keyboard cover mounting slots and tabs (M577dn and M577f) ........................................................... 2722
Figure 1-4916 Install the keyboard cover (M577dn and M577f) ................................................................................... 2723
Figure 1-4917 Check the keyboard cover (M577dn and M577f) ................................................................................... 2723
Figure 1-4918 Install the SCB ......................................................................................................................................... 2724
Figure 1-4919 Slide the SCB in ....................................................................................................................................... 2724
Figure 1-4920 Raise the SCB and install cables ............................................................................................................. 2725
Figure 1-4922 Install the document feeder ................................................................................................................... 2726
Figure 1-4923 Lower the document feeder ................................................................................................................... 2726
Figure 1-4926 Connect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors ........................................................................... 2728
Figure 1-4927 Position the tabs .................................................................................................................................... 2728
Figure 1-4947 Open the control panel ........................................................................................................................... 2739
Figure 1-4948 Locate hooks and grounding clip ................................................................................................................ 98
Figure 1-4949 Install the control-panel ......................................................................................................................... 2740
ENWW cxxxix
Figure 1-4953 Install the flat cable through the slot .................................................................................................... 2742
Figure 1-4954 Slide the keyboard into the slot ............................................................................................................. 2742
Figure 1-4955 Check the flat cable ................................................................................................................................ 2743
Figure 1-4956 Connect the flat cable ............................................................................................................................. 2743
Figure 1-4957 Install the white backing ........................................................................................................................ 2744
Figure 1-4959 Check the white backing ......................................................................................................................... 2745
Figure 1-4960 Position the control-panel cover on the printer .................................................................................... 2745
Figure 1-4961 Engage five tabs ..................................................................................................................................... 2746
Figure 1-4973 Release three tabs .................................................................................................................................. 2758
Figure 1-4976 Position the cover on the chassis ........................................................................................................... 2760
Figure 1-4978 Check the three tabs .............................................................................................................................. 2761
Figure 1-4981 Open the door ......................................................................................................................................... 2764
Figure 1-4982 Release the hinge bracket ...................................................................................................................... 2764
Figure 1-4983 Remove the hinge bracket ..................................................................................................................... 2765
Figure 1-4984 Release the door link .............................................................................................................................. 2765
Figure 1-4986 Install the door link ................................................................................................................................ 2766
Figure 1-4987 Position the door on the lower hinge ..................................................................................................... 2767
Figure 1-4988 Engage the hinge bracket ....................................................................................................................... 2767
Figure 1-4989 Install the hinge bracket ......................................................................................................................... 2768
Figure 1-4990 Close the door ......................................................................................................................................... 2768
cxl ENWW
Figure 1-5017 Cover mounting tabs .............................................................................................................................. 2785
Figure 1-5019 Remove the right-lower cover ................................................................................................................ 2786
Figure 1-5020 Remove the right-door link .................................................................................................................... 2786
Figure 1-5024 Install the right-lower cover ................................................................................................................... 2788
Figure 1-5026 Check the cover ...................................................................................................................................... 2789
ENWW cxli
Figure 1-5068 Remove the drawer holder ..................................................................................................................... 2813
Figure 1-5070 Install the drawer holder ........................................................................................................................ 2814
cxlii ENWW
Figure 1-5081 Release the assembly ............................................................................................................................. 2821
Figure 1-5085 Engage the assembly ............................................................................................................................. 2823
Figure 1-5098 Squeeze two tabs ................................................................................................................................... 2830
Figure 1-5099 Remove the switch button (SW12) ......................................................................................................... 2831
Figure 1-5101 Install the switch button (SW12) ............................................................................................................ 2832
Figure 1-5102 Install the switch button (SW12) ............................................................................................................ 2832
Figure 1-5113 Remove the tray connector .................................................................................................................... 2839
Figure 1-5115 Place the tray connector on the accessory ............................................................................................ 2840
Figure 1-5116 Install the tray connector ....................................................................................................................... 2840
ENWW cxliii
Figure 1-5123 Disconnect all of the connectors ............................................................................................................ 2845
Figure 1-5124 Remove the PCA ..................................................................................................................................... 2845
Figure 1-5126 Install the PCA ........................................................................................................................................ 2846
Figure 1-5127 Connect all of the connectors ................................................................................................................ 2847
Figure 1-5143 Remove the sheet-metal plate .............................................................................................................. 2856
Figure 1-5144 Release the paper feed guide ................................................................................................................. 2856
Figure 1-5147 Remove two springs ............................................................................................................................... 2858
Figure 1-5149 Release two alignment pins ................................................................................................................... 2859
Figure 1-5150 Remove the paper feed assembly .......................................................................................................... 2859
Figure 1-5152 Left side flag ........................................................................................................................................... 2860
Figure 1-5154 Check the alignment pins ....................................................................................................................... 2861
Figure 1-5156 Install two springs .................................................................................................................................. 2862
cxliv ENWW
Figure 1-5159 Raise the paper feed guide ..................................................................................................................... 2864
Figure 1-5160 Install the sheet-metal plate ................................................................................................................. 2864
Figure 1-5188 Release the paper feed guide ................................................................................................................. 2879
Figure 1-5191 Remove two springs ............................................................................................................................... 2881
Figure 1-5193 Release two alignment pins ................................................................................................................... 2882
Figure 1-5194 Remove the paper feed assembly .......................................................................................................... 2882
Figure 1-5197 Lower the end of the assembly .............................................................................................................. 2884
Figure 1-5198 Release the assembly from the drive gear ............................................................................................ 2884
ENWW cxlv
Figure 1-5202 Raise the end of the assembly ............................................................................................................... 2886
Figure 1-5205 Left side flag ........................................................................................................................................... 2888
Figure 1-5207 Check the alignment pins ....................................................................................................................... 2889
Figure 1-5209 Install two springs .................................................................................................................................. 2890
Figure 1-5212 Raise the paper feed guide ..................................................................................................................... 2891
cxlvi ENWW
Figure 1-5247 Remove one spring ................................................................................................................................. 2910
Figure 1-5253 Install one spring .................................................................................................................................... 2913
ENWW cxlvii
Figure 1-5295 Remove one spring ................................................................................................................................. 2935
Figure 1-5306 Install the gear on the shaft ................................................................................................................... 2941
Figure 1-5313 Install one spring .................................................................................................................................... 2944
cxlviii ENWW
Figure 1-5340 Locate the TPM ....................................................................................................................................... 2959
Figure 1-5341 Remove the TPM ..................................................................................................................................... 2960
Figure 1-5343 Install the TPM ........................................................................................................................................ 2961
Figure 1-5344 Verify that the TPM is fully seated ......................................................................................................... 2961
Figure 1-5352 Locate the TPM ....................................................................................................................................... 2967
Figure 1-5353 Remove the TPM ..................................................................................................................................... 2967
Figure 1-5355 Install the TPM ........................................................................................................................................ 2968
Figure 1-5356 Verify that the TPM is fully seated ......................................................................................................... 2969
Figure 1-5362 Locate the USB ports module ................................................................................................................. 2973
ENWW cxlix
Figure 1-5366 Remove the module ............................................................................................................................... 2975
Figure 1-5368 Install the PCA in the holder ................................................................................................................... 2976
Figure 1-5369 Connect the cable harness ..................................................................................................................... 2976
Figure 1-5370 Install the internal USB ports module .................................................................................................... 2977
Figure 1-5377 Locate the USB ports module ................................................................................................................. 2982
Figure 1-5379 Remove the module ............................................................................................................................... 2983
Figure 1-5381 Install the PCA in the holder ................................................................................................................... 2984
Figure 1-5382 Connect one cable .................................................................................................................................. 2984
Figure 1-5383 Position the internal USB ports module ................................................................................................ 2985
Figure 1-5384 Install the internal USB ports module .................................................................................................... 2985
Figure 2-1 Document feeder and scanner whole units (M577 only) ............................................................................. 3008
Figure 2-2 Covers (M552, M553) .................................................................................................................................... 3010
Figure 2-3 Covers (M577) ............................................................................................................................................... 3012
Figure 2-4 Internal components (1 of 5) ........................................................................................................................ 3014
cl ENWW
Figure 2-9 550-sheet paper feeder covers .................................................................................................................... 3024
Figure 2-10 550-sheet paper feeder main body ........................................................................................................... 3026
ENWW cli
1 Removal and replacement
● For additional service and support
● Removal and replacement strategy
● Service approach
● Removal and replacement procedures
ENWW 1
For additional service and support
home.do.
Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (CSN) at https://h30125.www3.hp.com/hpcsn.

Removal and replacement strategy

Introduction
The printer uses a field repair strategy. Defective parts are diagnosed and replaced at the Field Replaceable
Unit (FRU) assembly level. Repair normally begins by using the printer internal diagnostics and the following
two-step process:
1. Isolate the problem to the major system (for example, the network, server, or printer).
2. Identify the cause of failures according to the printer troubleshooting service manual and follow the
disassembly procedures to replace the defective parts or the consumable parts.
After locating a faulty part, the printer can usually be repaired at the assembly level by replacing FRUs. Some
mechanical assemblies might need to be repaired at the subassembly level. HP does not support replacement
of components on the printed circuit assembles.
The user replaces toner cartridges as they are depleted. Additional instructions about other user-replaceable
parts are provided in this section.
The printer tracks the amount of use on the user-replaceable supplies by keeping a page count. The printer
prompts the user to replace certain items when a supply is depleted or a specific number of pages has been
printed.
2 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement ENWW

Swapping toner cartridges between products might cause a misrepresentation of supply life values and is not
recommended.
Considerations during removal and replacement

This chapter describes the FRUs only.
Replacing FRUs is generally the reverse of removal. Notes are included to provide directions for difficult or
critical replacement procedures.
HP does not support repairing individual subassemblies or troubleshooting to the printed-circuit assembly
(PCA) component level.
WARNING! Never operate or service the printer with the protective cover removed from the laser scanner
assembly. The reflected beam, although invisible, can cause damage to the eyes.
The sheet-metal parts can have sharp edges. Be careful when handling sheet-metal parts.
Turn the printer off, wait 5 seconds, and then remove the power cord before attempting to service the printer.
If this warning is not followed, severe injury can result as well as damage to the printer. The power must be
on for certain functional checks during troubleshooting. However, the power cord must be disconnected
during parts removal. AC voltage is still present inside the printer when the power switch is in the off position.
The power cord must be disconnected before servicing the printer.
CAUTION: Incorrectly routed or loose wire harnesses might interfere with other internal components or
assemblies and be damaged, pinched, or frayed. Make sure that wire harnesses are correctly routed and
retained when installing assemblies.
Do not bend or fold the flat flexible cables (FFCs) during removal or installation.
Do not expose the toner cartridge, or cartridges, to strong light even for a short time.
IMPORTANT: When an assembly is removed that includes a rating plate or tag (or a printer code label), make
sure to transfer the plate or tag (or code label) to the replacement assembly.
Do not replace the formatter, DC controller, and eMMC PCA or hard-disk drive simultaneously during a single
printer servicing. Doing so might cause the printer to become unstable or inoperable.
NOTE: During assembly removal and replacement, or if the printer is moved, remove the toner cartridge or
cartridges.
Toner is a non-poisonous substance composed of plastic and a small number of colored components. If toner
gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water sets toner and
it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove. Toner easily breaks down vinyl materials, so avoid letting toner
contact vinyl.
NOTE: The M553 model is pictured in procedures in this manual that might apply to the M552, M553 and
M577 models. The procedures are correct for the indicated models.
TIP: Some figures might show assemblies removed or installed that have not yet been removed or installed
at that specific step. However, the procedures are correct for this printer and the target assembly. Always
thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.
ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 3

Electrostatic discharge
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching
an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152-mm (6-in) shaft length
● Small, flat-blade screwdriver
● Needle-nose pliers
● ESD strap (if one is available)
● Penlight
CAUTION: Always use a #2 Phillips screwdriver (callout 1). Do not use a Pozidriv screwdriver (callout 2) or
any motorized screwdriver. These can damage screws or screw threads.
Figure 1-1 Screwdrivers
Fasteners used in this printer

WARNING! Make sure that assemblies are replaced with the correct screw type. Using the incorrect screw
(for example, substituting a long screw for the correct shorter screw) can cause damage to the printer or
interfere with printer operation. Do not intermix screws that are removed from one assembly with the screws
that are removed from another assembly.
NOTE: To install a self-tapping screw, first turn it counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread
pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten. Do not overtighten. If a self-tapping screw hole
becomes stripped, repair the screw hole or replace the affected assembly.
Always take note of the length, diameter, color, type, and location of each removed screw. Make sure that
screws are installed in their original location during reinstallation.
Fasteners used in the printer

● Screw, BH M3X10
● Screw, with washer, M3X8

● Screw, D M3X8
● Screw, machine, truss head, M3X6
Figure 1-2 Screw size chart
ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 5

Service approach
Before performing service
WARNING! Turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the power cord before attempting to
service the printer. If this warning is not followed, severe injury and damage to the printer can result. The
power must be on for certain functional checks during troubleshooting. However, the power to the printer
should be disconnected during parts removal.
1. Remove all paper.
2. Place the printer on an ESD mat (if available). If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the
sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
3. Remove the toner cartridge or toner cartridges.
4. Remove the trays.
After performing service

1. Reinstall the toner cartridge or toner cartridges.
2. Reinstall the trays.
3. Return all paper to the trays.
4. Plug in the power cable and turn on the printer.
5. Perform print-quality tests by printing from a host computer.
Post service tests

Print quality test
Use the print-quality troubleshooting pages to help diagnose and solve print-quality problems. For more
information, see the printer troubleshooting manual.
NOTE: To get further assistance in print quality troubleshooting, go to www.hp.com/support/colorljM552,

www.hp.com/support/colorljM553, www.hp.com/support/colorljM577MFP and select PQ Troubleshooting
Tools.
Copy-quality test (M577 models)

1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Ensure that the input tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. With the power cord attached, turn on the printer.
4. Verify that the expected start up sounds occur.
5. Print a configuration page, and then verify that the expected printing sounds occur.
6. Place the configuration page in the document feeder or on the flatbed glass.
7. Print a copy job, and then verify the results.

Fax-quality test (M577 models)
1. Place the configuration page in the document feeder.
2. Type a valid fax number, and send the fax job.
3. Verify that the send quality and the receive quality meet expectations.
Parts removal orientation

For procedures and/or steps that require identifying the right, left, or rear side of the printer, face the front of
the printer for correct orientation.
ENWW Service approach 7

Removal and replacement procedures
Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and assemblies
● Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges
● Removal and replacement: Toner collection unit (TCU)
● Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge (M577c/f/z)
● Removal and replacement: Fuser
● Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD) (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD) (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM; M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM; M577)
● Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC; M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer roller
● Removal and replacement: Universal Serial Bus (USB) cover (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Control panel (M553x)
● Removal and replacement: Control panel (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Keyboard (M577c/z)
● Removal and replacement: White backing (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Retention clips (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Document feeder rollers (M577)
The CSR level indicates the expected difficulty the customer will experience when removing and replacing an
assembly. The CSR A assemblies in this section are easy for the customer to remove and replace.

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the toner cartridges
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
● Step 3: Install a toner cartridge
Introduction
This document provides instructions about removing and replacing toner cartridges.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to a toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes.
Cover the green imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an extended period
of time.
If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water sets
toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.
Toner cartridge kit part numbers
CF360-67901 Standard-capacity replacement black toner cartridge with instruction guide
CF360-67902 High-capacity replacement black toner cartridge with instruction guide
CF361-67901 Standard-capacity replacement cyan cartridge with instruction guide
CF361-67902 High-capacity replacement cyan toner cartridge with instruction guide
CF362-67901 Standard-capacity replacement yellow toner cartridge with instruction guide
CF362-67902 High-capacity replacement yellow toner cartridge with instruction guide
CF363-67901 Standard-capacity replacement magenta toner cartridge with instruction guide
CF363-67902 High-capacity replacement magenta toner cartridge with instruction guide
Required tools
No special tools are required to install this part.
Make sure that the front door is fully closed after replacing a toner cartridge.
Post service test
The color-band test page shows bands of colors that can indicate whether the printer is producing colors
correctly.
ENWW Removal and replacement procedures 9

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, open the Administration menu.
2. Open the following menus:
● Troubleshooting
● Print Quality Pages
● Color Band Test
3. Select the Print or OK button to print the pages.
Step 1: Remove the toner cartridges
1. Open the front door.
Figure 1-3 Open the front door
2. Grasp the handle of the used toner cartridge and pull out to remove it.
Figure 1-4 Remove the toner cartridge

Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Remove the new toner cartridge from its protective shell by tearing off the plastic strip and opening the
package. Save all packaging for recycling the used toner cartridge.
For complete information on HP's recycling programs, go to Product return and recycling.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to a replacement toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the green imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an
extended period of time.
If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water sets
toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective assembly.
Figure 1-5 Recycle and unpack
Step 3: Install a toner cartridge
1. Hold both ends of the toner cartridge and rock it 5-6 times.
Figure 1-6 Rock the toner cartridge

2. Remove the protective shield from the toner cartridge.
Figure 1-7 Remove the protective shield
3. Support the toner cartridge underneath with one hand while holding the cartridge handle with the other.
Align the toner cartridge with its slot on the shelf, and then insert the toner cartridge into the printer.
NOTE: Avoid touching the green imaging drum. Fingerprints on the imaging drum can cause print
defects.
Figure 1-8 Install a toner cartridge

4. Close the front door.
Figure 1-9 Close the front door

Removal and replacement: Toner collection unit (TCU)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the TCU
● Step 3: Install the TCU
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the toner collection unit (TCU).
CAUTION: If toner gets on the skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot
water sets toner and it might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.
Toner collect unit (TCU) kit part number
B5L37-67901 Toner collection unit (TCU) with instruction guide
Required tools
Make sure that the TCU is fully closed after replacing it.
Step 1: Remove the TCU

2. Open the TCU.
NOTE: The toner collection hatch cover automatically closes when the TCU is opened.
Figure 1-11 Open the TCU

3. Pull the TCU away from the printer at an angle to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not open the toner collection hatch cover when handling the TCU. If toner gets on the
skin or clothing, wipe it off with dry tissue paper and wash in cold water. Hot water sets toner and it
might be difficult, or impossible, to remove.
Figure 1-12 Remove the TCU
Unpack the replacement assembly from the packaging.

Step 3: Install the TCU
1. Verify that the toner collection hatch cover is in the closed position on the TCU.
Figure 1-14 Verify that the toner collection hatch cover is closed

2. Position the TCU with the hinges in the slots provided in the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the TCU
up and into the closed position.
NOTE: The toner collection hatch cover automatically opens when the TCU is closed.
Figure 1-15 Install the TCU

Removal and replacement: Staple cartridge (M577c/f/z)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the staple cartridge
● Step 3: Install the staple cartridge
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577c/f/z staple cartridge.
Turn the printer power off

◦ Disconnect the power cable.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cord before attempting to service the printer.
Staple cartridge part number
Q7432A HP staple cartridge pack
Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove this part.
Make sure that the stapler door is fully closed after replacing a staple cartridge.
Turn the printer power on

◦ Connect the power cable.
◦ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test
Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.
Step 1: Remove the staple cartridge
1. Open the stapler door.

Figure 1-17 Open the stapler door
2. Pull the staple cartridge straight out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-18 Remove the staple cartridge

Step 3: Install the staple cartridge
1. Push the staple cartridge straight into the printer to install it.
Figure 1-20 Install the staple cartridge

2. Close the stapler door.
Figure 1-21 Close the stapler door

Removal and replacement: Fuser
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the fuser
● Step 3: Install the fuser
● Step 4: Reset the fuser counter
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser.

Fuser kit part numbers
B5L35-67902 Fuser (110V) with instruction guide
B5L36-67902 Fuser (220V) with instruction guide
Required tools
Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the fuser.

Post service test
Print a configuration page to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.
Step 1: Remove the fuser
1. Open the right door.

CAUTION: The fuser is very hot. After turning the printer power off, allow the fuser to cool for at least
30 minutes before removing it.
Figure 1-22 Open the right door
2. Grasp the two fuser handles, and then squeeze the two blue triggers on the handles to release the fuser.
Figure 1-23 Release the fuser

3. Slide the fuser straight out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-24 Remove the fuser
Step 3: Install the fuser
1. Align the fuser with the opening in the printer.

Figure 1-26 Align the fuser with the opening
2. Slide the fuser into the printer, push in to install it, and then make sure that it is fully seated.
TIP: When the fuser is fully seated, the two blue triggers on the handles make an audible click.
Figure 1-27 Install the fuser

3. Close the right door.
Figure 1-28 Close the right door
Step 4: Reset the fuser counter
Reset the fuser counter from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Administration button.
● Manage Supplies
● Reset Supplies
● New Fuser Kit
3. Select the Yes item to reset the fuser counter.
Reset the fuser counter from an LCD control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the down arrow button to scroll to
Administration, and then press the OK button.
2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to Manage Supplies, and then press the OK button.
3. Use the down arrow button to scroll to Reset Supplies, and then press the OK button.
4. Use the down arrow button to scroll to New Fuser Kit, and then press the OK button to select it.
5. Use the down arrow button to scroll to Yes, and then press the OK button to reset the fuser count.

Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD) (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD)
● Step 4: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD)
● Step 5: Install the formatter cover
● Step 6: Reinstall the product firmware
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M553 hard-disk drive (HDD).

CAUTION: This part contains components that are electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive. To reduce
the possibility of ESD damage, always touch the sheet-metal chassis to ground yourself before touching an
ESD sensitive part.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the formatter, DC controller, and eMMC PCA or hard-disk drive simultaneously
during a single printer servicing. Doing so might cause the printer to become unstable or inoperable.
Hard-disk drive (HDD) kit part number (M553)
B5L29-67903 Hard-disk drive (HDD) with instruction guide (M553)
Required tools
Make sure that the formatter cover is fully seated, and that the thumbscrews are finger tight after replacing
it.

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the formatter cover
1. Locate the formatter cover.
Figure 1-29 Locate the formatter cover

2. Loosen the two thumbscrews (callout 1). Grasp the two thumbscrews, and then slide the cover away
from the printer (callout 2) to remove it.
TIP: If needed, use the edge of a coin to turn the thumbscrews.
Figure 1-30 Loosen the thumbscrews
1
2
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD)
CAUTION: ESD-sensitive part.
1. Release one tab (callout 1), grasp the HDD mounting bracket, and then rotate the connector end of the
bracket up (callout 2) and away from the formatter to release it.
Figure 1-31 Release the HDD

2. Slide the HDD away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-32 Remove the HDD
CF367-67912
Lea esto primero 1

www.hp.com/support
2 3

Step 4: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD)
1. Align the end of the holder (callout 1) with the slot in the chassis (callout 2), and then slide the HDD into
the printer (callout 3) to engage the holder with the chassis.
TIP: If this is the first time the HDD is being installed, remove the pre-scored label that covers the slot
in the chassis (callout 2).
Figure 1-34 Install the holder
2. Rotate the HDD connector (callout 1) down and into the connectors (callout 2) on the formatter to install
it.
NOTE: Make sure that the tabs (callout 2) snap into place, and that the HDD is securely installed.

Step 5: Install the formatter cover
▲ Slide the cover onto the printer (callout 1) to install it.
NOTE: Make sure that the tabs on the formatter cover align with the slots provided in the printer
(callout 2). Tighten the two thumbscrews (callout 3).
Figure 1-36 Install the cover
2 3
1
Step 6: Reinstall the product firmware
NOTE: If this installation is a replacement HDD, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.
1. Go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart.
2. Select Upgrade now.
3. Find your Enterprise printer model.
4. Select the link to open the firmware download page.
5. Select OS Independent from the list of operating systems.
6. Under the Firmware section, find the file for multiple operating systems.
7. Select Download.
NOTE: To view installation instructions, go to www.hp.com/go/futuresmart. Select Upgrade now, and then
select How to perform a firmware update.

Removal and replacement: Hard-disk drive (HDD) (M577)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M557 hard-disk drive (HDD).

ESD sensitive part.
Hard-disk drive (HDD) kit part number (M577)
5851-6712 Hard-disk drive (HDD) with instruction guide (M577)
Required tools
it.

Post service test

1
2
1. Release two tabs (callout 1). Hold the tabs in the released position, and then rotate the hard disk drive
(HDD) up (callout 2 ) to release the connector from the formatter.
1 2

3. Using the screwdriver provided with the replacement HDD, remove two screws (callout 1). Save these
screws. They will be installed on the replacement HDD.
TIP: The screwdriver has a reversible shaft. Simply pull the shaft out of the handle, and then reinstall
it with the desired end facing out.
Figure 1-41 Remove two screws

4. Lift the bracket (callout 1) up and off of the HDD. Save this bracket. It will be installed on the
replacement HDD.
Figure 1-42 Remove the bracket
5. Grasp the PCA card (callout 1) attached to the end of the HDD and pull it away from the HDD to remove it.
Save this PCA. It will be installed on the replacement HDD.
Figure 1-43 Remove the PCA

1. Align the slots (callout 1) on the PCA with the connectors (callout 2) on the replacement HDD.
Figure 1-45 Align the PCA

2. Press the PCA onto the HDD connectors. Make sure that the PCA is fully seated on the connectors.
Figure 1-46 Install the PCA
3. Align the tabs (callout 1) on the bracket with the holes (callout 2) in the back side of the HDD.
Figure 1-47 Align the tabs on the bracket
2
1

4. Install the bracket on the HDD.
NOTE: If the bracket is difficult to install, make sure that the holes in the HDD are correctly aligned
with the tabs on the bracket.
Figure 1-48 Install the bracket
5. Install two screws (callout 1).
CAUTION: Tighten the screws just enough to secure the HDD to the bracket. Do not over-tighten.
Figure 1-49 Install two screws

6. Align the end of the bracket (callout 1) with the slot in the chassis (callout 2), and then slide the HDD into
the printer (callout 3) to engage the bracket with the chassis.
1 2
3
7. Hold the HDD connector latch (callout 1) in the released position, and then rotate the HDD down and into
the connector on the formatter to install it.
NOTE: Make sure that the tab (callout 2) snaps into place, and that the HDD is securely installed.


2 3
1
Use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.
7. Select Download.

Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM; M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M552 and M553)
● Step 3: Remove the dual in-line memory module (DIMM)
● Step 5: Install the DIMM
● Step 6: Install the HDD (M552 and M553)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M552 and M553 dual in-line memory
module (DIMM).

ESD sensitive part.
Dual in-line memory module (DIMM) kit part number
5851-6422 Dual in-line memory module (DIMM) with instruction guide
Required tools
it.

Post service test

1
2
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M552 and M553)
NOTE: If the optional HDD is not installed, skip this step and go to Step 3: Remove the dual in-line memory
module (DIMM) on page 47.

Step 3: Remove the dual in-line memory module (DIMM)
1. Locate the DIMM component on the formatter.

Figure 1-57 Locate the DIMM
2. Pull the DIMM straight off of the formatter to remove it.
Figure 1-58 Remove the DIMM

Step 5: Install the DIMM
1. The DIMM connector (callout 1) is keyed, and can only be installed in one direction in the formatter
connector (callout 2).
Figure 1-60 The DIMM connector

2. Align the connector on the DIMM with the connector on the formatter, and then push the DIMM onto the
formatter to install it.
Figure 1-61 Install the DIMM
3. Verify that the DIMM is fully seated in the connector.
Figure 1-62 Verify the installation
Step 6: Install the HDD (M552 and M553)
NOTE: If the optional HDD is not installed, skip this step and go to Step 7: Install the formatter cover
on page 51.

2. Rotate the HDD connector (callout 1) down and into the connector on the formatter to install it.


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Dual in-line memory module (DIMM; M577)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577)
● Step 3: Remove the dual in-line memory module (DIMM)
● Step 6: Install the HDD (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 dual in-line memory module (DIMM).

ESD sensitive part.
Dual in-line memory module (DIMM) kit part number
E5K49-67901 Dual in-line memory module (DIMM) with instruction guide (M577)
Required tools


Post service test
1
2

Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577)
1 2

Step 3: Remove the dual in-line memory module (DIMM)
2. Do the following:
a. Release two locking arms (callout 1).
Figure 1-71 Release the DIMM

b. Pull the DIMM down and away from the holder to remove it.
Figure 1-72 Remove the DIMM (M527)
1. Insert the top edge of the DIMM (callout 1) in the holder (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: The DIMM is keyed and can only be inserted in the holder one way.

Figure 1-74 Insert the DIMM
2. Make sure that the DIMM is fully installed in the holder (callout 1), and then rotate the bottom edge of
the DIMM toward the holder (callout 2).

3. Make sure that the DIMM snaps into the locking arms (callout 1).
Figure 1-76 Snap the DIMM into place
Step 6: Install the HDD (M577)
1 2
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC; M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)
● Step 4: Install the eMMC
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M552 and M553 embedded MultiMedia
Card (eMMC).

ESD sensitive part.
NOTE: Data stored on the eMMC is not secure and cannot be encrypted.
embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) kit part number
5851-6436 embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) with instruction guide
Required tools
it.

Post service test

1
2
Step 2: Remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)
▲ Locate the eMMC component on the formatter, and then pull it straight off of the formatter to remove it.
Figure 1-82 Remove the eMMC

Step 4: Install the eMMC
1. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2),
and then push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.
NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.
Figure 1-84 Install the eMMC

2. Push down on the eMMC to make sure that it is fully seated in the connector.

2 3
1
NOTE: If this installation is a replacement eMMC, use the following steps to reinstall the firmware.

7. Select Download.

Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer roller
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the transfer roller
● Step 3: Install the secondary transfer roller
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the secondary transfer roller.

Secondary transfer roller kit part number
B5L24-67902 Secondary transfer roller with instruction guide
Required tools
Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the secondary transfer roller.

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the transfer roller

2. Push in on the blue lever (callout 1) to release the secondary transfer roller assembly, and then lower
the assembly (callout 2) to the service position.
Figure 1-88 Lower the secondary transfer roller assembly

3. Slightly lift the left end of the roller shaft (callout 1; near the gear) to release the transfer roller clip.
Figure 1-89 Release the secondary transfer roller clip
4. Slide the right end roller collar (callout 1) to the left to remove the transfer roller.
Figure 1-90 Remove the secondary transfer roller
CAUTION: Skin oils on the roller can cause print-quality problems. Avoid touching the black spongy roller on
the assembly.

Step 3: Install the secondary transfer roller
1. Insert the right end (white plastic) of the replacement roller into the holder (callout 1), and then push
down on the left end (blue plastic clip; callout 2) until the roller snaps into place.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that both ends of the roller assembly are fully seated in the holders.
Figure 1-92 Install the secondary transfer roller


Removal and replacement: Universal Serial Bus (USB) cover (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the USB cover
● Step 3: Install the USB cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M552 and M553 USB cover.
USB cover part number
RC4-0214-000CN USB cover
Required tools
Make sure that the USB cover is fully seated after replacing it.
Step 1: Remove the USB cover
1. Locate the USB cover.
Figure 1-94 Locate the USB cover

2. Pull the cover off of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-95 Remove the cover
Step 3: Install the USB cover
1. Push the cover into the USB port to install it.

2. Make sure that the USB cover is fully seated after installing it.
Figure 1-98 Check the installation

Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the HIP cover
● Step 3: Install the HIP cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M552 and M553 HIP cover.
HIP cover (M552 and M553) part number
RC4-0213-000CN HIP cover (M552 and M553)
Required tools
Make sure that the HIP cover is fully seated after replacing it.
Step 1: Remove the HIP cover
1. Locate the HIP cover.
Figure 1-99 Locate the HIP cover

2. Before proceeding, take note of the mounting feet (callout 1) and tabs (callout 2) on the HIP cover.
Figure 1-100 Note the mounting feet and tabs
1 2
3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the tabs on the HIP cover.
Figure 1-101 Release the HIP cover tabs

4. Rotate the cover up and off of the printer to remove it.
Step 3: Install the HIP cover
1. Position the HIP cover mounting feed in the slots (callout 1) provided in the top cover, and then rotate it
down to install it.
NOTE: Make sure that the tabs on the cover snap into place.

2. Make sure that the HIP cover is fully seated after installing it.

Removal and replacement: Hardware Integration Pocket (HIP) cover (M577)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 HIP cover.
HIP cover (M577) part number
B5L46-40021 HIP cover (M577)
Required tools
Make sure that the HIP cover is fully seated after replacing it.


1. Position the tabs (callout 1) on the HIP cover in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.
Figure 1-110 Position the tabs

2. Rotate the cover down.
Figure 1-111 Rotate the cover down

Removal and replacement: Control panel (M553x)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control panel
● Step 3: Install the control panel
Introduction
This document provides instructions about removing and replacing the M553x control panel.

Control panel (M553x) kit part number
B5L24-67903 Control panel (M553x) and reversible screwdriver with instruction guide
Required tools
● Reversible small, flat-blade screwdriver and #2 Phillips screwdriver (included with the control panel)

Post service test
The printer includes a diagnostic test mode for the control panel. For more information, see the control panel
checks section of the printer troubleshooting manual.

Step 1: Remove the control panel
1. Tilt the control panel up.
Figure 1-113 Tilt the control panel up
2. Use the small flat-blade screwdriver supplied in this kit to release the control-panel screws cover tabs.
Figure 1-114 Release the control-panel screws cover tabs

3. Rotate the cover up to remove it.
4. Use the small Phillips screwdriver supplied in this kit to remove two screws (callout 1).
IMPORTANT: Store the screws in a secure place where they cannot fall down into the printer.

5. Rotate the control-panel base toward the front of the printer.
Figure 1-117 Rotate the control-panel base up
6. Slightly slide the control-panel base toward the rear of the printer (callout 1) to release it, and then turn
the control panel over (callout 2) to access the bottom side.
CAUTION: The control panel is still attached to the printer. Do not attempt to completely remove the
control panel.
Figure 1-118 Turn the control panel over

7. Disconnect one USB cable (callout 1), one connector (callout 2), and then remove the control panel.
Figure 1-119 Disconnect two connectors

TIP: Don't forget to remove the protective film on the touchscreen of the replacement control panel.
Step 3: Install the control panel
1. Place the control panel on the printer as shown.
Figure 1-121 Place the control panel on the product

2. Connect one USB cable (callout 1), and one connector (callout 2).
IMPORTANT: Take note of the location of the two mounting tabs (callout 3) on the control-panel
assembly.
Figure 1-122 Connect two connectors
3. Turn the control panel over, and then position the front edge tabs in the slots in the top cover.

4. Rotate the control-panel base down onto the printer.
Figure 1-124 Rotate the control-panel base down
5. Use the small Phillips screwdriver supplied in this kit to install two screws (callout 1).

6. Position the screw cover mounting feet into the slots in the top cover (callout 1), and then rotate the
cover down (callout 2) to install it.
NOTE: Press down on the cover firmly to make sure that the tabs on the cover (callout 3) snap into
place.

Removal and replacement: Control panel (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the control-panel cover (M577)
● Step 2: Remove the control panel (M577)
● Step 4: Install the control panel (M577)
● Step 5: Install the control-panel cover (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 control panel.

Control panel (M577) part number
B5L47-67018 Control panel (M577) and reversible screwdriver with instruction guide
Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip.

Post service test
The printer includes a diagnostic test mode for the control panel. For more information, see the control panel
checks section of the printer troubleshooting manual.
Step 1: Remove the control-panel cover (M577)
1. Open the document feeder (callout 1).
NOTE: If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops (callout 2).

Figure 1-127 Open the document feeder
1
2
2. Beginning at the right side of the control-panel cover, carefully release five tabs along the top edge of
the cover.
NOTE: The thin, black plastic cover will separate from the white plastic control-panel base.
Figure 1-128 Release five tabs

3. Continue to lift the top edge of the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.
Step 2: Remove the control panel (M577)
1. M577c/z only: Open the latch (callout 1) to release the keyboard flat cable.
CAUTION: The latch must be opened to release the cable.
Figure 1-130 Disconnect the keyboard flat cable (M577c/z)

2. Disconnect one HDMI cable (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).
Figure 1-131 Disconnect connectors
1
2
3. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the holder.
M577z only: Release four tabs (callout 2), and then remove the near-field communication (NFC) printed
circuit board.
2
1

4. Remove three screws (callout 1).
TIP: The screwdriver (supplied with the kit) has a reversible shaft. Simply pull the shaft out of the
handle, and then reinstall it with the desired end facing out.
Figure 1-133 Remove three screws
5. Lift the front of the control panel off of the printer (callout 1), and then slide it towards the front of the
printer (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-134 Remove the control panel

TIP: Don’t forget to remove the protective film on the touchscreen of the replacement control panel.
Step 4: Install the control panel (M577)
1. Tilt the replacement control panel away from the base plate.
Figure 1-136 Open the control panel

2. M577c/z only: Make sure to feed the keyboard flat cable (callout 1) through the opening (callout 2) in
the control-panel base when installing the control panel.
Figure 1-137 Feed the keyboard flat cable through opening
3. Locate the four hooks on the printer and matching slots in the control-panel base (callout 1). The hooks
fit into the slots (callout 2) when the assembly is installed.
NOTE: Make sure that the grounding clip (callout 3) is on top of the assembly base when it is installed.
Figure 1-138 Locate hooks and grounding clip

4. Position the rear edge of the control panel in the printer (callout 1), and then lower the front edge down
(callout 2) to install it.
NOTE: If the control panel is difficult to install, make sure that the hooks, slots, and grounding clip are
correctly engaged. See Figure 1-138 Locate hooks and grounding clip on page 98.
Figure 1-139 Install the control-panel

5. Install three screws (callout 1), making sure that the grounding clip is correctly installed (callout 2).
TIP: The screwdriver (supplied with the kit) has a reversible shaft. Simply pull the shaft out of the
handle, and then reinstall it with the desired end facing out.
Figure 1-140 Install three screws

6. Connect one HDMI cable (callout 1), and one connector (callout 2).
Figure 1-141 Connect connectors
1
2
7. Install the USB cable (callout 1) in the holder.
M577z only: Install the near-field communication (NFC) printed circuit board under the four tabs
(callout 2).
Figure 1-142 Install USB and NFC
2
1

8. M577c/z only: Position the keyboard flat cable in the connector, and then close the latch (callout 1).
IMPORTANT: Slightly tug on the cable to make sure that it is fully captured in the connector.
Figure 1-143 Connect the keyboard flat cable (M577c/z)
Step 5: Install the control-panel cover (M577)
1. Position the control-panel cover on the printer.
Figure 1-144 Position the control-panel cover on the printer

2. Beginning at the left side of the control-panel cover, carefully push down along the top edge of the cover
to engage five tabs.
Figure 1-145 Engage five tabs
3. Close the document feeder.
NOTE: Adjust the control panel to the desired angle.
Figure 1-146 Close the document feeder

Removal and replacement: Keyboard (M577c/z)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the keyboard
● Step 4: Install the keyboard
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577c/z keyboard.

Keyboard (M577z) part number
B5L47-67019 US English Keyboard Kit
B5L47-67020 UK English Keyboard Kit
Required tools
● No special tools are required to replace this part.

Post service test

1
2
the cover.

Step 2: Remove the keyboard
1. Open the latch (callout 1) to release the keyboard flat cable.
Figure 1-150 Disconnect the keyboard flat cable

2. Slide the keyboard tray out until it stops.
Figure 1-151 Slide the keyboard out
3. Push up on the keyboard tray to release two tabs on the bottom of the tray, and then slide the tray
toward the front of the printer to disengage the tabs.
Figure 1-152 Release two tabs

4. Slide the keyboard (callout 1) all of the way out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-153 Remove the keyboard
Step 4: Install the keyboard
1. Position the flat cable (callout 1) on the keyboard into the keyboard slot (callout 2).

Figure 1-155 Install the flat cable through the slot
2
1
2. Slide the keyboard tray into the slot.
NOTE: Only slide the tray halfway into the opening. This makes connecting the cable in the next step
easier.
Figure 1-156 Slide the keyboard into the slot

3. If the flat cable (callout 1) is not in the opening (callout 2) in the control panel base, carefully reach in
and thread the flat cable through the opening.
Figure 1-157 Check the flat cable
4. Position the keyboard flat cable in the connector, and then close the connector latch.
NOTE: When the connector latch is closed and the cable is correctly installed, the white line on the
cable is parallel to the connector latch.
Figure 1-158 Connect the flat cable



Removal and replacement: White backing (M577)
NOTE: M577 printers only.
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the white backing (M577)
● Step 3: Install the white backing (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 white backing.

White backing (M577) part number
5851-6570 White backing kit (M577) with instruction guide
Required tools
No special tools are required for this assembly.

Step 1: Remove the white backing (M577)
1. Open the document feeder.

2. Remove the white backing.
Figure 1-163 Remove the white backing

3. One or more of the retention clips (callout 1) that fit in the openings (callout 2) in the document feeder
might remain attached to the white backing when it is removed. If this happens, remove the clip from
the white backing.
NOTE: If none of the retention clips remain attached to the white backing, skip the remaining sub-
steps in this removal procedure.
Figure 1-164 Check the retention clips
4. If a spring comes off of a retention clip, make sure that it is correctly repositioned on the clip.
NOTE: If any of the retention clips or springs are damaged, replace them with the clips supplied in this
kit.
Figure 1-165 Check the retention clip spring

5. Install the clip (callout 1) in the opening (callout 2) in the document feeder.
Figure 1-166 Install the retention clip
6. Press the clip to make sure it is securely installed.
Figure 1-167 Press the retention clip
For complete information on HP's recycling programs, go to Product return and recycling

3
Step 3: Install the white backing (M577)
1. Open the document feeder, and then place the replacement white backing on the flatbed scanner glass,
as shown.
NOTE: Place the corner of the backing that does not have a hook-and-loop fastener in the upper-left
corner of the scanner glass.
Figure 1-169 Install the white backing

3. Open the document feeder and make sure that the white backing is securely attached.
Figure 1-171 Check the white backing


Removal and replacement: Retention clips (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the retention clips
● Step 3: Install the retention clips
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 retention clips.

Retention clips (M577) part number
5851-6573 Retention clips kit (M577) with instruction guide
Required tools
No special tools are required for this assembly.

Step 1: Remove the retention clips


3. If any of the retention clips (callout 1) remain attached to the white backing remove them.
NOTE: If none of the retention clips remain attached to the white backing, skip to Step 4.
4. Remove any damaged retention clips from the document feeder.
TIP: Use the edge of a coin to loosen the clip.
Figure 1-176 Loosen damaged clips

5. Remove the retention clip (callout 1).
Figure 1-177 Remove the retention clip

3
Step 3: Install the retention clips

2. Install the clip (callout 1) in the opening (callout 2) in the document feeder. Repeat this step until all of
the retention clips are installed.

3. Press the clip to make sure it is securely installed. Repeat this step until all of the retention clips are
secure.
4. Place the white backing, on the flatbed scanner glass as shown.



Removal and replacement: Document feeder rollers (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the pickup and feed roller assembly
● Step 2: Remove the separation roller
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement assemblies
● Step 4: Install the separation roller
● Step 5: Install the pickup and feed roller assembly
● Step 6: Reset the document feeder kit count
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the document feeder rollers (M577).

Document feeder rollers (M527) part number
B5L52-67903 ADF maintenance kit (M577) with instruction guide
Required tools

Post service test
Copy a page from the document feeder to make sure that the printer is functioning correctly.
Step 1: Remove the pickup and feed roller assembly
1. Open the document-feeder jam access door.

Figure 1-186 Open the document-feeder jam access door
2. Release the blue locking arm.
Figure 1-187 Release the blue locking arm

3. Slide the pickup and feed roller assembly to the left (callout 1), and then pull it away from the document
feeder (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-188 Remove the roller assembly
Step 2: Remove the separation roller
1. Rotate the top edge of the separation roller cover away from the printer to release it.
Figure 1-189 Release the separation roller cover

2. Remove the cover.
3. Slide the separation roller to the left, and then lift it up and away from the document feeder to remove
it.
Figure 1-191 Remove the roller
Step 3: Unpack the replacement assemblies
Unpack the replacement assemblies from the packaging.
CAUTION: Avoid touching the rollers. Skin oils deposited on the rollers might cause print quality problems.
HP recommends washing your hands before handling the rollers.
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective assemblies.

Step 4: Install the separation roller

1. Lower the separation roller into the document feeder, and then slide it to the right to install it.
Figure 1-193 Install the roller

2. Position the bottom edge of the separation roller cover on the printer.
Figure 1-194 Position the separation roller cover
3. Rotate the cover down to close it.
Figure 1-195 Close the separation roller cover

4. The roller might seem loose until the cover is snapped closed. The cover helps hold the roller in place.
Figure 1-196 Snap the cover closed
Step 5: Install the pickup and feed roller assembly
1. Position the pickup and feed roller assembly in the document feeder (callout 1), and then slide the
assembly to the right (callout 2) to install it.
Figure 1-197 Install the roller assembly

2. Close the blue locking arm.
Figure 1-198 Close the blue locking arm
3. Close the document-feeder jam access door.
Figure 1-199 Close the document-feeder jam access door
Step 6: Reset the document feeder kit count
1. From the Home screen on the control panel, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

● Manage Supplies
● Reset Supplies
● New Document Feeder Kit
3. Select the Reset item to reset the firmware counter.

Customer self-repair (CSR) B parts and assemblies
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2-X paper pickup roller and separation roller assemblies
● Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
● Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) and secondary transfer roller
The CSR level indicates the expected difficulty the customer will experience when removing and replacing an
assembly. The CSR B assemblies in this section might be difficult for the customer to remove and replace.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2-X paper pickup roller and separation roller assemblies
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 2-X paper pickup roller assembly
● Step 2: Remove the Tray 2-X separation roller
● Step 4: Install the Tray 2-X separation roller
● Step 5: Install the Tray 2-X paper pickup roller assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 2/3/4/5 pickup, feed, and separation
rollers.
NOTE: The procedure in this section shows Tray 2 in the figures. However, this procedure is also correct for
Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5.

Tray 2 - X pickup, feed, and separation rollers kit part number
B5L24-67904 Tray 2 - X pickup and feed rollers with instruction guide
Required tools
Make sure that the tray is fully closed after replacing the rollers.

Post service test

Step 1: Remove the Tray 2-X paper pickup roller assembly
NOTE: The procedure in this section shows Tray 2 in the figures. However, this procedure is also correct for
Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5.
1. Pull the tray out until it stops.
Figure 1-200 Pull the tray out
2. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-201 Remove the tray

4. Carefully raise the transfer roller assembly up and into the printer.
Figure 1-203 Raise the transfer roller assembly

5. Release the green handle (callout 1), and then lower the paper guide (callout 2).
Figure 1-204 Lower the paper guide
6. Locate the tray pickup roller assembly.
Figure 1-205 Locate the tray pickup roller

7. Trays 3, 4, or 5 only: Release the latch (callout 1), and then open the right door (callout 2).
Figure 1-206 Open the Tray 3, 4, or 5 right door
2 1
8. Trays 3, 4, or 5 only: Release the green handle (callout 1), and then lower the paper guide (callout 2).
Figure 1-207 Lower the Tray 3, 4, or 5 paper guide

9. Trays 3, 4, or 5 only: Locate the tray pickup roller assembly.
Figure 1-208 Locate the Tray 3, 4, or 5 pickup roller assembly
10. Slide the assembly to the left to compress the spring loaded shaft (callout 1), and then rotate the right
end of the assembly down and away from the printer (callout 2).
TIP: It might be easier to access the roller through the tray cavity, while viewing it through the right
door opening.
Figure 1-209 Slide the assembly to the left
2
1

11. Remove the roller assembly.
Step 2: Remove the Tray 2-X separation roller
1. Locate the tray separation roller.
Figure 1-211 Locate the roller assembly

2. Push up on the blue label to release the roller assembly.
Figure 1-212 Push up on the blue label
3. Slide the roller assembly straight up to remove it.
CAUTION: Avoid touching the surface of the replacement rollers. Skin oils on the rollers can cause print-
quality problems. Thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water to remove skin oils, and then completely
dry them.

Step 4: Install the Tray 2-X separation roller
1. Slide the roller assembly straight into the tray to install it.

2. Make sure that the roller assembly is fully seated.
Figure 1-216 Fully seat the roller assembly
3. Verify that the roller assembly is correctly installed—it should be firmly attached to the tray.
Step 5: Install the Tray 2-X paper pickup roller assembly
1. Before proceeding, take note of the mounting tab (callout 1) on the replacement roller assembly.
IMPORTANT: When correctly installed, a black-plastic protrusion in the printer fits into this tab to hold
the roller in the upright position.

Figure 1-218 Note the mounting tab
2. Position the roller assembly in the printer with the spring loaded shaft compressed (callout 1), and then
rotate the right end of the assembly up and into the printer (callout 2).
TIP: It might be easier to access the roller through the tray cavity, while viewing it through the right
door opening.
Figure 1-219 Position the roller assembly in the printer
1 2

3. Carefully release the spring loaded shaft (callout 1) with the roller in place. The collar (callout 2) on the
assembly fits over the bushing (callout 3) in the printer.
Figure 1-220 Release the spring loaded shaft
4. Make sure that the roller assembly is correctly installed. It must not hang down into the tray cavity. If
the roller hangs down into the tray cavity, remove it, and then reinstall it.
CAUTION: If the roller assembly is not correctly installed, it will be damaged when the tray is installed.
Figure 1-221 Verify the roller installation

5. Trays 3, 4, or 5 only: Raise the paper guide.
Figure 1-222 Raise the Tray 3, 4, or 5 paper guide
6. Trays 3, 4, or 5 only: Close the right door.
Figure 1-223 Close the Tray 3, 4, or 5 right door

8. With the front of the tray slightly lifted, align the sides of the tray with the rails in the printer, and then
carefully slide the tray into the printer.
TIP: As the tray slides into the printer, lower the front of it.
Figure 1-225 Install the tray

9. Close the tray.
Figure 1-226 Close the tray

Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the ITB
● Step 3: Install the ITB
Introduction
This document provides instructions about removing and replacing the intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
assembly.

To order a replacement assembly, use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To
order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts
Intermediate transfer belt part number
RM2-6560-000CN Intermediate transfer belt assembly
Required tools
No special tools are required to install this assembly.
Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the ITB.

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the ITB
CAUTION: Do not touch the grey-plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints on the belt can cause print-quality
problems.

2. Pull the blue lever to release the ITB drive coupling.
Figure 1-228 Release the ITB drive coupling

3. Push in on the blue arm to release the secondary transfer roller assembly, and then completely lower
the assembly.
NOTE: Press the blue arm on the secondary transfer roller assembly a second time to release the roller
assembly when it stops at the halfway open position.
4. Release the left-side ITB spring (callout 1) from the tab (callout 2).
Figure 1-230 Release the front-side ITB spring
1
2

5. Place the left-side ITB spring on the holder to keep it out of the way.
TIP: The holder is colored blue to help locate it.
Figure 1-231 Place the spring on the holder
6. Release the right-side ITB spring (callout 1) from the tab (callout 2).
Figure 1-232 Release the rear-side ITB spring

7. Place the right-side ITB spring on the holder to keep it out of the way.

8. Grasp the two blue handles on the ITB.
CAUTION: If the ITB is removed to access other assemblies in the printer, use care. The ITB is a
sensitive assembly. Be careful when handling the ITB so that it is not damaged. Always place the ITB in a
safe and protected location.
Figure 1-234 Grasp the ITB handles
9. Pull the ITB out of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: Do not touch the grey-plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints on the belt can cause print-
quality problems.
Figure 1-235 Remove the ITB

CAUTION: Make sure that all of the packing materials and tape is removed from the replacement ITB. The
ITB might be damaged if packing materials are in place when the printer power is turned on.
Step 3: Install the ITB
problems.
1. Hold the ITB by the orange handles.
Figure 1-237 Handle the ITB by the edges

2. Align the ITB with the slots in the printer, and then carefully push it into the printer.
NOTE: Be careful. Do not dislodge the ITB retainer springs from the holders on the chassis. The springs
can interfere with installing the ITB.
Figure 1-238 Align the ITB with the slots in the product
3. Continue to carefully push the ITB into the printer until it the orange handles stop it.
Figure 1-239 Orange handles stop

4. Release one tab (callout 1).
Figure 1-240 Release one tab
5. Remove the orange handle. Repeat this step for the remaining orange handle.
TIP: HP recommends recycling the plastic handles.
Figure 1-241 Remove the orange handle

6. Continue to carefully push the ITB into the printer until it is fully installed.
Figure 1-242 Install the ITB
7. Remove the right-side ITB spring from the holder.
Figure 1-243 Remove the spring from the holder

8. Fasten the right-side ITB spring (callout 1) under the tab (callout 2).
Figure 1-244 Fasten the rear-side ITB spring
9. Remove the left-side ITB spring from the holder.

10. Fasten the left-side ITB spring (callout 1) under the tab (callout 2).
Figure 1-246 Fasten the front-side ITB spring
1
2
11. Push in the blue lever to engage the ITB drive coupling.
IMPORTANT: If the ITB drive coupling is not fully engaged, the right door will not properly close.
Figure 1-247 Engage the ITB drive coupling

TIP: The right door should close easily if the ITB assembly is correctly installed.

Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) and secondary transfer roller
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the transfer roller
● Step 5: Install the transfer roller
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the secondary transfer roller and the
intermediate transfer belt (ITB).

Secondary transfer roller kit part number
B5L24-67901 Secondary transfer roller and intermediate transfer belt (ITB) with instruction guide
Required tools
Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the secondary transfer roller and ITB.

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the transfer roller

2. Push in on the blue lever (callout 1) to release the secondary transfer roller assembly, and then lower
the assembly (callout 2) to the service position.

3. Slightly lift the left end of the roller shaft (callout 1; near the gear) to release the transfer roller clip.
Figure 1-251 Release the secondary transfer roller clip
4. Slide the right end roller collar (callout 1) to the left to remove the transfer roller.
Figure 1-252 Remove the secondary transfer roller
problems.

1
2



6. Grasp the two handles on the ITB.
NOTE: The two black handles have blue stickers on them to help you locate them.
quality problems.
NOTE: Be careful. Do not dislodge the ITB springs from the holders. The springs can interfere with
removing the ITB.

CAUTION: Make sure that all of the packing materials and tape are removed from the replacement ITB. The
ITB might be damaged if packing materials are in place when the printer power is turned on.

1
2 4
problems.
1. Hold the ITB by the provided orange ITB service handles.


3. Continue to carefully push the ITB into the printer until it the orange handles stop it.
Figure 1-263 Orange handles stop
4. Release one tab (callout 1).

5. Remove the orange handle. Repeat this step for the remaining orange handle.
TIP: HP recommends recycling the plastic handles.
Figure 1-265 Remove the orange handle
6. Use the black-plastic handles (callout 1) on the ITB to carefully push the ITB into the product until it is
fully installed.


1
2

IMPORTANT: If the ITB drive coupling is not fully engaged, the right door will not properly close.
Step 5: Install the transfer roller
1. Insert the right end (white plastic) of the replacement roller into the holder (callout 1), and then push
down on the left end (blue plastic clip; callout 2) until the roller snaps into place.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that both ends of the roller assembly are fully seated in the holders.
Figure 1-272 Install the secondary transfer roller right end


Field replaceable units (FRUs)
Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors
● Removal and replacement: Stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z)
● Removal and replacement: Right front upper cover (M577dn)
● Removal and replacement: Rear upper cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Left upper cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Right upper cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Top rear cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Paper feed cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Top cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Right door
● Removal and replacement: Front door
● Removal and replacement: Formatter cover
● Removal and replacement: Rear cover (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Rear cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Left cover
● Removal and replacement: Upper cover (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Output bin
● Removal and replacement: Right rear cover (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Right rear cover (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)

Removal and replacement: Stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the stapler cover assembly
● Step 3: Install the stapler cover assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577c/f/z stapler cover assembly.

Stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z) part number
B5L46-60121 Stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z)
Required tools
● Small flat blade screwdriver
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip
Make sure that the stapler cover is fully seated after replacing it.

Step 1: Remove the stapler cover assembly
1. Remove one screw (callout 1).
Reinstallation tip: This is a self-tapping screw for plastic. When reinstalling, rotate the screw
counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to
tighten. Do not overtighten. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the screw hole.

Figure 1-274 Remove one screw
2. Release two tabs at the front edge of the cover (callout 1).

3. Release the back edge of the cover.
Figure 1-276 Release the back edge of the cover
4. Rotate the cover away from the printer to remove it.

Step 3: Install the stapler cover assembly
1. Install the tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.
Figure 1-279 Install two tabs
2 1

2. Press the cover toward the left side of the printer until it snaps into place.
Figure 1-280 Install the cover assembly
3. Install one screw (callout 1).
IMPORTANT: This is a self-tapping screw for plastic. Rotate it counterclockwise to align it with the
existing thread pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten. Do not overtighten. This will
prevent stripping the threads inside the screw hole.
Figure 1-281 Install one screw

Removal and replacement: Right front upper cover (M577dn)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right front upper cover
● Step 3: Install the right front upper cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577dn right front upper cover.

Right front upper cover (M577dn) part number
B5L46-40024 Right front upper cover (M577dn)
Required tools
Make sure that the right front upper cover is fully seated after replacing it.

Step 1: Remove the right front upper cover


3. Rotate the front of the cover to the right to remove it.
Figure 1-284 Rotate the cover
Step 3: Install the right front upper cover
1. Slide the cover toward the left side of the printer to install it. Make sure that the slots (callout 1) in the
cover fit over the tabs (callout 2) on the inside of the paper feeder cover.

2
1
2. Press the right front upper cover (callout 1) and the paper feeder cover (callout 2) together until the tabs
on the inside of the covers snap into place.
Figure 1-287 Press the cover
2
1


Removal and replacement: Rear upper cover (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the rear upper cover
● Step 4: Install the rear upper cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 rear upper cover.

Rear upper cover (M577) part number
RC4-3385-000CN Rear upper cover (M577)
Required tools
Make sure that the rear upper cover is fully seated after replacing it.


1
2
Step 2: Remove the rear upper cover
1. Remove two screws (callout 1).
Reinstallation tip: These two screws are self-tapping screws for plastic. When reinstalling them,
rotate the screws counterclockwise to align them with the existing thread pattern, and then carefully
turn them clockwise to tighten. Do not overtighten. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the
screw holes.

2. Use a small, flat blade screwdriver to release the right edge of the cover.
Figure 1-292 Release the right edge

3. Pull the right edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the printer, and then slide the cover to the right
(callout 2).
Figure 1-293 Slide the cover right
1
2

Step 4: Install the rear upper cover
1. Align the ridge (callout 1) on the lower edge of the rear upper cover in front of the tabs (callout 2) on the
top edge of the rear cover.
Figure 1-296 Align the cover

2. Rotate the top of the cover toward the printer.
Figure 1-297 Rotate the top of the cover
3. Slide the cover to the left (callout 1). Make sure that the tabs (callout 2) on the upper rear cover slide
behind the edge (callout 3) of the right upper cover. Make sure that the cover is fully seated.
Figure 1-298 Slide the cover
2 1
3

IMPORTANT: These two screws are self-tapping screws for plastic. Rotate them counterclockwise to
align them with the existing thread pattern, and then carefully turn them clockwise to tighten. Do not
overtighten. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the screw holes.

2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Left upper cover (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the left upper cover
● Step 5: Install the left upper cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 left upper cover.

Left upper cover (M577) part number
RC4-3384-000CN Left upper cover (M577)
Required tools
Make sure that the left upper cover is fully seated after replacing it.


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2
Step 3: Remove the left upper cover
1. At the left side of the printer, release one tab (callout 1).

2. Slide the left upper cover toward the back of the printer.
Figure 1-308 Slide the cover back

Figure 1-309 Remove the left upper cover
Step 5: Install the left upper cover
1. Position the tab (callout 1) on the lower edge of the cover behind the left cover (callout 2).

Figure 1-311 Position the tab
2. Slide the cover toward the front of the printer to install it. Make sure that the edge (callout 1) of the
cover fits behind the edge (callout 2) of the top rear cover.
2
1

3. Make sure that the tab (callout 1) is fully installed.
Figure 1-313 Check the tab

2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Right upper cover (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the right front upper cover (M577dn)
● Step 4: Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z)
● Step 5: Remove the right upper cover (M577)
● Step 7: Install the right upper cover (M577)
● Step 8: Install the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z)
● Step 9: Install the right front upper cover (M577dn)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 right upper cover.

Right upper cover (M577) part number
RC4-3386-000CN Right upper cover (M577)
Required tools
Make sure that the right upper cover is fully seated after replacing it.

1
2

screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2
Step 3: Remove the right front upper cover (M577dn)
NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model. For the M577c/f/z models, skip this step and to go Step 4:
Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z) on page 214.


Step 4: Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z)
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577dn model, skip this step and to go Step 5:
Remove the right upper cover (M577) on page 216.


Step 5: Remove the right upper cover (M577)
1. At the right side of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).
M577c/f/z only: Disconnect one connector (callout 2).
Figure 1-332 Remove two screws and one connector

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).
M577c/f/z only: Disconnect one connector (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: This screw is smaller than the screws removed in the previous step. When
reinstalling the right upper cover, make sure that this screw is installed in the correct position.
Figure 1-333 Remove one screw and connector
3. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer.

4. Lift the cover away from the printer to remove it.
M577c/f/z only: Release the cables (callout 1) through the slot (callout 2) in the printer.
1
2
5. M577c/f/z only: Release two retainers on the bottom side of the cover.
Figure 1-336 Release two retainers

6. M577c/f/z only: On the top of the cover, release the wires (callout 1) from the guides (callout 2) in the
right upper cover.
TIP: Set the wire harness aside for installation on the replacement right upper cover.
Figure 1-337 Remove the wire harness
1 2
Step 7: Install the right upper cover (M577)
NOTE: The M577z is shown in the figures below. The procedure is correct for all M577 models.
1. M577c/f/z only: Snap two retainers (callout 1) into place, and then install the wire harness (callout 2) in
the guides (callout 3) in the cover.

Figure 1-339 Install the wire harness
2 3
2. M577c/f/z only: Install the cables (callout 1) through the slot (callout 2) in the printer.
Figure 1-340 Install the cables
1
2

3. Position the hooks (callout 1) on the cover in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.
Figure 1-341 Position the hooks
2 1
4. Slide the cover toward the front of the printer to install it.

5. At the back of the printer, install one screw (callout 1).
M577c/f/z only: Connect one connector (callout 2).
TIP: This screw is smaller than the screws installed in the next step. Make sure that this screw is
installed in the correct position.
Figure 1-343 Install one screw and connector
6. At the right side of the printer, install two screws (callout 1).
M577c/f/z only: Connect one connector (callout 2).
Step 8: Install the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z)
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models only. For the M577dn model, skip this step and go to Step 9:
Install the right front upper cover (M577dn) on page 224.

2 1

Step 9: Install the right front upper cover (M577dn)
NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model only. For the M577c/f/z models, skip this step and go to Step 10:
Install the rear upper cover on page 225.
2
1

2
1


2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Top rear cover (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 6: Remove the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) (M577)
● Step 8: Remove the top rear cover
● Step 10: Install the top rear cover
● Step 12: Install the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 top rear cover.

Top rear cover (M577) part number
RC4-3383-000CN Top rear cover (M577)

Required tools
Make sure that the top rear cover is fully seated after replacing it.


1
2
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2






Step 6: Remove the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) (M577)
NOTE: The ISA includes the document feeder, image scanner, scanner control board (SCB), control panel,
keyboard (M577c/z) and NFC PCA (M577z).
1. At the left side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

2. At the back side of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).
3. At the right side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

4. Disconnect four connectors on the formatter (callout 1), and then pass the wire harness and cables
through the opening in the formatter case (callout 2).
Figure 1-375 Disconnect four connectors
5. Disconnect two connectors on the scanner control board (callout 1).
M577c/f/z only: Disconnect one connector for the stapler on the scanner control board (callout 2).

6. Slightly slide the ISA towards the back of the printer to release it.
Figure 1-377 Slide the ISA towards the back of the printer
7. Lift the ISA up to remove it.
Figure 1-378 Remove the ISA
NOTE: The figures below show the image scanner installed. The procedures for removing and installing the
right upper cover are the same whether the image scanner is installed or removed."
M577c/f/z only: Disconnect one connector (callout 2), if it was not already disconnected in a previous
step.

step.

1
2
Step 8: Remove the top rear cover
1. At the top of the printer, remove five screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-383 Remove five screws
2. Release two tabs (callout 1) on the front edge of the cover.

3. Remove the top rear cover.
Figure 1-385 Remove the top rear cover
Step 10: Install the top rear cover
1. Align the locator tabs (callout 1) on the cover with the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Figure 1-387 Align the locator tabs
2. Press down to install the cover. Make sure that the tabs snap into place.

3. At the top of the printer, install five screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-389 Install five screws
1
2

2 1

M577c/f/z only: Connect one connector (callout 2), if the integrated scanner assembly is installed.
M577c/f/z only: Connect one connector (callout 2), if the stapler is installed.

Step 12: Install the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) (M577)
1. Before proceeding, locate the mounting pins (callout 1) on the bottom of the ISA and the slots (callout 2)
on the printer base.
Figure 1-395 Locate the ISA mounting pins and slots
2. Position the ISA on the printer base with the pins in the slots.
NOTE: To locate the pins and slots, see Figure 1-395 Locate the ISA mounting pins and slots
on page 250.
Figure 1-396 Install the ISA

3. Slightly slide the ISA towards the front of the printer to engage it.
Figure 1-397 Slide the ISA towards the front of the printer
4. At the left side of the printer, install one screw (callout 1).

5. At the back of the printer, install two screws (callout 1).
6. At the right side of the printer, install one screw (callout 1).

7. Connect two connectors on the scanner control board (callout 1).
M577c/f/z only: Connect one connector for the stapler on the scanner control board (callout 2).
8. Install the wire harness and cables (callout 1) in the retainers (callout 2). Pass them through the opening
in the top of the formatter cover (callout 3), and then connect four connectors (callout 4) on the
formatter.
Figure 1-402 Connect four connectors
1
3

2 1

Install the left upper cover on page 256.
2
1

2
1

2
1


2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Paper feed cover (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the top rear cover
● Step 9: Remove the paper feed cover
● Step 11: Install the paper feed cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 paper feed cover.


Paper feed cover (M577) part number
RC4-3382-000CN Paper feed cover (M577)
Required tools
Make sure that the paper feed cover is fully seated after replacing it.


1
2
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2









step.

step.

1
2
Step 8: Remove the top rear cover


Step 9: Remove the paper feed cover

2. Lift the cover up to remove it.
Step 11: Install the paper feed cover
1. Position the locator tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the slots (callout 2) in the printer. Press down until
the cover snaps into place.



1
2

2 1


on page 250.



formatter.
1
3

2 1

2
1

2
1

2
1


2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Top cover (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the rear upper cover (M577)
● Step 3: Remove the left upper cover (M577)
● Step 7: Remove the stapler unit (M577c/f/z)
● Step 9: Remove the top rear cover (M577)
● Step 10: Remove the paper feed cover (M577)
● Step 11: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)
● Step 12: Remove the top cover (M577)
● Step 14: Install the top cover
● Step 15: Install the toner collection unit (TCU)
● Step 16: Install the paper feed cover
● Step 19: Install the stapler unit (M577c/f/z)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 top cover.
Make sure that the top cover is fully seated after replacing it.

Top cover (M577) part number
RC4-3381-000CN Top cover (M577)
Required tools


1
2
Step 2: Remove the rear upper cover (M577)
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2

Step 3: Remove the left upper cover (M577)



Remove the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) (M577) on page 304.





Step 7: Remove the stapler unit (M577c/f/z)
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).

Figure 1-505 Disconnect connector and remove screws
2. Slide the stapler unit up (callout 1), and then pull it away from the printer (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-506 Remove the stapler unit
1
2
step.

step.

1
2
Step 9: Remove the top rear cover (M577)


Step 10: Remove the paper feed cover (M577)

Step 11: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU)

2. Open the TCU.

CAUTION: Do not open the toner collection hatch cover when handling the TCU. If toner gets on
clothing, wipe it off by using a dry cloth and wash the clothes in cold water. Hot water sets toner into
fabric.
Step 12: Remove the top cover (M577)
1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).
Reinstallation tip: This screw is longer and a different type of screw than the screw removed in the
next step. When reinstalling the top cover, make sure that this screw is installed in the correct position.


3. At the front of the printer, release one tab (callout 1).
4. At the top of the printer, release two tabs (callout 1) next to the output bin, and then remove the top
cover.

Step 14: Install the top cover
1. Position the locator pins (callout 1) on the cover in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.
Figure 1-524 Position the locator pins

2. Press down on the cover to install it. Make sure that the tabs (callout 1) snap into place.
Figure 1-525 Press down on the cover
3. At the front of the printer, install one screw (callout 1).
Reinstallation tip: This screw is longer and a different type of screw than the screw installed in the
next step. Make sure that this screw is installed in the correct position.

Step 15: Install the toner collection unit (TCU)

Step 16: Install the paper feed cover



1
2

2 1

Step 19: Install the stapler unit (M577c/f/z)
1. Position the hooks (callout 1) on the stapler unit in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Figure 1-541 Position the hooks in the slots
2. Connect one connector (callout 1), and then install two screws (callout 2).
Figure 1-542 Connect connector and install screws

on page 250.



formatter.
1
3

2 1

2
1

2
1

2
1


2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Right door
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right door
● Step 3: Install the right door
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right door.

Right door part number
RM2-0019-000CN Right door
Required tools
Make sure that the right door closes correctly after replacing it.

Step 1: Remove the right door
1. Use the handle (callout 1) to open the right door.

2. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly up and into the printer to move it out of the way.
Figure 1-566 Rotate the secondary transfer assembly up

3. At the right- and left-side of the door, use a small flat blade screwdriver to release the door retainer
straps (callout 1), and then pull them through the slot in the door.
Figure 1-567 Release the door retainer straps
4. Locate a slot (callout 1) near the gear side of the door, push the blade of a small screwdriver into the slot
(callout 2) to release one tab, and then rotate the end of the screwdriver down (callout 3) release the
connector cover (callout 4).
Figure 1-568 Release the connector cover
2 3

5. Remove the connector cover.
Figure 1-569 Remove the connector cover
6. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1).

7. Remove two screws (callout 1) to release the door arm (callout 2).
NOTE: The door arm is spring loaded. Keep a firm grip on it while removing the screws, and then
carefully move it up and into the printer.
2
1
8. Slide the door toward the front of the printer (callout 1) to release it, and then lift it up (callout 2) to
remove it.
Figure 1-572 Remove the door

Step 3: Install the right door
1. Position the door on the printer, and then slide it toward the rear of the printer to engage the hinge pin
(callout 1).
Figure 1-574 Install the door

2. Rotate the door arm down onto the door.
NOTE: The door arm is spring loaded. Keep a firm grip on it.
Figure 1-575 Rotate the door arm down
3. Install two screws (callout 1) to fasten the door arm (callout 2) to the door.
2
1

4. Connect two connectors (callout 1).
5. Install the connector cover. Position the mounting foot (callout 1) in the slot provided (callout 2), and
then rotate the cover down to engage two tabs (callout 3) with the slots provided (callout 4).
IMPORTANT: When correctly installed, the cover is flat against the door.
Figure 1-578 Install the connector cover

6. At the right- and left-side of the door, thread the door retainer straps (callout 1) through the holes in the
door, and then secure them on the provided pins.
Figure 1-579 Install the door retainer straps

Removal and replacement: Front door
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the tray
● Step 2: Remove the front door
● Step 3: Unpack the replacement front door
● Step 4: Install the front door
● Step 5: Install the tray
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the front door.

Front door kit part number
B5L46-67906 Front door with instruction guide
Required tools
Make sure that the front door closes correctly after replacing it.

Step 1: Remove the tray

Step 2: Remove the front door

2. At the right- and left-side of the door, release two tabs (callout 1), and then release the door retainer
straps (callout 2).
TIP: Use a pair of needle nose pliers to easily release the tabs.
Figure 1-584 Release the door retainer straps
2 1

3. Carefully push down on the door to lower it until the keyed hinge pin (callout 1) is aligned with the slot in
the flange, and then slide the door to the right (callout 2) to release the left and right hinge pins
(callout 1 and callout 3).
CAUTION: The keyed hinge pin (callout 1) is fragile, and can easily be broken off.
Make sure that it is correctly aligned with the slot in the flange before attempting to remove the front
door from the printer.
Figure 1-585 Slide the door to the right
1
3

4. Pull the door toward you to release the inner door (callout 1), and then remove the front door.
CAUTION: Hold the inner door (callout 1) in place before releasing it. The inner door is spring loaded
will abruptly close and be damaged if it is not held down.
Figure 1-586 Remove the door
Step 3: Unpack the replacement front door

rJet XXXX
HP Lase
rJet XXXX
HP Lase
Step 4: Install the front door
1. Engage the tip of the inner door (callout 1) with the slot (callout 2) the front door.
Figure 1-588 Engage the inner door

2. Position the door on the printer with the keyed hinge pin (callout 1) aligned with the slot in the flange,
and then slide the door to the left (callout 2) to engage the left and right hinge pins (callout 1 and
callout 3).
CAUTION: The keyed hinge pin (callout 1) is fragile, and can easily be broken off.
Make sure that it is correctly aligned with the slot in the flange before attempting to install the front
door on the printer.
Figure 1-589 Install the door
1
3

3. At the right- and left-side of the door, engage the door retainer straps with the holders on the door.
TIP: Make sure that the tabs on the straps snap into place.
Figure 1-590 Engage the door retainer straps
5. If a replacement front door is installed, do the following:
a. Peel the adhesive backing away from the HP jewel, and then adhere the jewel to the front door
(callout 1).
b. Press the nameplate mounting tabs through the holes provided in the door (callout 2) to install it.

Figure 1-592 Install nameplate and HP jewel
1
2
Step 5: Install the tray

2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Formatter cover
● Introduction
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement formatter cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter cover.

Formatter cover part number
RM2-0084-000CN Formatter cover
Required tools
it.


1
2
Step 2: Unpack the replacement formatter cover


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the rear cover
● Step 4: Install the rear cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear cover.

Rear cover part number
RM2-0085-000CN Rear cover
Required tools
it.


1
2
Step 2: Remove the rear cover
1. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 1-601 Remove four screws
2. Slightly slide the cover to the right (callout 1), rotate the bottom of the cover away from the printer
(callout 2), and then pull the top of the cover away from the printer (callout 3) to remove the cover.
1
2

Step 4: Install the rear cover
1. Position the top of the cover under the upper cover (callout 1), rotate the bottom of the cover onto the
chassis (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the left (callout 3) to install it.
2 3

2. Install four screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-605 Install four screws cover

2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (M577)
● Step 5: Install the rear cover (M577)
● Step 6: Install the rear upper cover (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the rear cover.

Rear cover part number
RM2-0085-000CN Rear cover
Required tools
it.


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (M577)

2. Slide the cover to the right to remove it.

Step 5: Install the rear cover (M577)

2. Position the back edge (callout 1) of the rear cover behind the edge (callout 2) of the right rear cover.
Slide the cover to the left to install it.
Step 6: Install the rear upper cover (M577)


2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Left cover
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the rear cover (M552 and M553)
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
● Step 8: Install the left cover
● Step 11: Install the rear cover (M552 and M553)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the left cover.

Left cover part number
RC4-0179-000CN Left cover
Required tools

it.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2
Step 3: Remove the rear cover (M552 and M553)
NOTE: This step is for the M552 and M553 models. For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 4:
Remove the rear upper cover (M577) on page 381.

1
2
NOTE: This step is for the M577 models. For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 6:
Remove the left cover on page 384.
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2

Step 6: Remove the left cover

2. Release one tab (callout 1), rotate the front edge of the cover away from the printer (callout 2), and then
slide the cover (callout 3) toward the rear of the printer to release it.
Figure 1-638 Release the cover
1
3
2

Step 8: Install the left cover
1. Position the cover on the printer.

NOTE: Slightly offset the cover toward the rear of the printer.
2. Slide the cover (callout 1) toward the front of the printer to engage it. Make sure that the tab (callout 2)
snaps into place.
NOTE: Locate the alignment pin (callout 3) on the cover from the front door side of the printer, and
then make sure that it is fully engaged in the slot in the chassis.
TIP: While sliding the cover into place, push in on the center of the cover (callout 1) to make sure that
the hooks on the back of the cover engage with the slots in the chassis.
Figure 1-642 Engage the cover
3
2

Install the rear cover (M552 and M553) on page 391.



2 1
3
Step 11: Install the rear cover (M552 and M553)
Install the formatter cover on page 392.

2 3


2 3
1


Removal and replacement: Upper cover (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the control panel (M553x only)
● Step 8: Remove the upper cover
● Step 10: Install the upper cover
● Step 15: Install the control-panel assembly (M553x only)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the upper cover.

◦ Open the right door.

Upper cover part number
RL2-0097-000CN Upper cover (M533x)
RL2-0098-000CN Upper cover (M533n/dn and M552dn)
Required tools
it.

TIP: Set this cover aside for installation on the replacement upper cover.

TIP: Set this cover aside for installation on the replacement upper cover.

2. Before proceeding, take note of the mounting feet (callout 1) and tabs (callout 2) on the HIP cover.
Figure 1-660 Note the mounting feet and tabs
1 2


Step 3: Remove the control panel (M553x only)
NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 4: Remove the toner collection
unit (TCU) on page 403.
TIP: Set the control panel aside for installation on the replacement upper cover.
2. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the control-panel screws cover tabs.

4. Use a small Phillips screwdriver to remove two screws (callout 1).

control panel.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

1
2

1
3
2

Step 8: Remove the upper cover

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slightly separate the corner of the
cover from the chassis.
NOTE: This is a self-tapping plastic-thread screw. Make sure that this screw is used in this location
when it is reinstalled.
Figure 1-681 Remove one screw and release one tab
1 2
3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then lift up on the cover to release it.
NOTE: If the cover does not release, check for addition tabs by locating the triangles embossed in the
cover at tab locations.


Step 10: Install the upper cover
NOTE: For the M553x model, do not forget to pass the control-panel wire harness and USB cable
through the opening in the cover.
2. Push down on the rear corner of the cover to engage one tab (callout 1).
Figure 1-686 Engage one tab

3. Push down on the front corner of the cover to engage one tab (callout 1), and then install one screw
(callout 2).
Figure 1-687 Engage one tab and install one screw
4. Install three screws (callout 1).

snaps into place.
3
2

2 3


2 3
1


Step 15: Install the control-panel assembly (M553x only)
NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 16: Install the HIP cover
on page 421.

assembly.

5. Use a small Phillips screwdriver to install two screws (callout 1).

place.
1. Position the HIP cover mounting feed in the slots (callout 1) provided in the top cover, and then rotate it
down to install it.



Removal and replacement: Output bin
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the USB cover (M552 and M553)
● Step 9: Remove the upper cover (M552 and M553)
● Step 13: Remove the integrated scanner assembly (M577)
● Step 14: Remove the stapler (M577c/f/z)
● Step 19: Remove the output bin
● Step 21: Install the output bin
● Step 22: Install the top cover (M577)
● Step 23: Install the paper feed cover (M577)
● Step 24: Install the top rear cover (M577)
● Step 26: Install the stapler (M577c/f/z)
● Step 27: Install the integrated scanner assembly (M577)

● Step 30: Install the left upper cover (M577)
● Step 31: Install the upper cover (M552 and M553)
● Step 37: Install the USB cover (M552 and M553)
● Step 38: Install the toner collection unit (TCU)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the output bin.

Output bin part number
RM2-0044-000CN Output bin
Required tools
it.
Make sure that the output bin is flat against the chassis after replacing it.

1
2

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.
Step 3: Remove the USB cover (M552 and M553)


NOTE: This step is for the M553x model only. For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go
to Step 5: Remove the rear cover (M552 and M553) on page 433.
For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 6: Remove the rear upper cover (M577) on page 434.


control panel.


1
2
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2



1
3
2
Step 9: Remove the upper cover (M552 and M553)
Remove the left upper cover (M577) on page 440.

1 2

Remove the output bin on page 456.


NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model. For the M577f and M577z models, skip this step and to go Step
12: Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577c/f/z) on page 443.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 19: Remove the output bin on page 456.

NOTE: This step is for the M577f and M577z models. For the M577dn model, skip this step and to go Step
13: Remove the integrated scanner assembly (M577) on page 445.


Step 13: Remove the integrated scanner assembly (M577)




Step 14: Remove the stapler (M577c/f/z)

1
2
step.

step.

1
2




cover.
Step 19: Remove the output bin
1. Slightly slide and lift the cover to release it.


Step 21: Install the output bin
1. Position the cover near the printer.

2. Align the tabs on the cover with the slots in the printer.
Figure 1-773 Align the tabs
3. Slide and lower the cover onto the printer to install it.

4. Verify that the tabs on the front- and rear-side of the cover are correctly installed in the slots in the
chassis.
Step 22: Install the top cover (M577)
Install the upper cover (M552 and M553) on page 476.


Step 23: Install the paper feed cover (M577)

Step 24: Install the top rear cover (M577)


1
2
2 1


Step 26: Install the stapler (M577c/f/z)
Install the integrated scanner assembly (M577) on page 468.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 31: Install the upper cover (M552 and M553)
on page 476.

Step 27: Install the integrated scanner assembly (M577)

on page 250.



formatter.
1
3
on page 476.
2 1

NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model only. For the M577f and M577z models, skip this step and go to
Step 30: Install the left upper cover (M577) on page 475.
on page 476.

2
1
2
1

Step 30: Install the left upper cover (M577)

2
1
Step 31: Install the upper cover (M552 and M553)
Install the left cover on page 478.


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2




2 1
3
Install the toner collection unit (TCU) on page 488.

2 3
NOTE: This step is for the M553x model. For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to
Step 37: Install the USB cover (M552 and M553) on page 487.
NOTE: For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 38: Install the toner collection unit (TCU)
on page 488.

assembly.


place.
Step 37: Install the USB cover (M552 and M553)
Install the toner collection unit (TCU) on page 488.

Step 38: Install the toner collection unit (TCU)



2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Right rear cover (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the right rear cover
● Step 10: Install the right rear cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right rear cover.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer, and then go to
http://h20141.www2.hp.com/hpparts to order the part.
Right rear cover part number
RC4-0178-000CN Right rear cover

Required tools
it.





control panel.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

1
2

1
3
2


1 2

Step 8: Remove the right rear cover
1. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the printer (callout 2) to
release it.
TIP: If the right door is closed, open it now.


Step 10: Install the right rear cover
2. Slide the cover toward the right door (callout 1) to engage it with the printer, and then install one screw
(callout 2).


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2

2 3


2 3
1


NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 17: Install the USB cover
on page 517.

assembly.


place.


Removal and replacement: Right rear cover (M577)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right rear cover on the M577.

Right rear cover part number
RC4-0178-000CN Right rear cover
Required tools

Make sure that the right rear cover is fully seated after replacing it.
it.


1
2
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2




step.

step.

1
2

release it.



(callout 2).


1
2
2 1


2 1

Install the rear upper cover (M577) on page 539.

2
1
2
1


2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the control panel
● Step 9: Install the control panel
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M553n/dn and M552dn control panel.

Control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn) part number
RM2-7180-000CN Control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn)
Required tools

it.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

1
2

1
3
2


1 2

Step 7: Remove the control panel

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1). Rotate the near field communication (NFC) PCA holder up
(callout 2), and then slide it to the right (callout 3) to remove it.
Figure 1-946 Remove the PCA holder
1
3
3. Remove one cable from the guide.
Figure 1-947 Remove one cable

4. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then turn the control panel over (callout 2) to access the bottom
side.
control panel.
1
5. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the control panel.

Step 9: Install the control panel
1. Position the control panel on the printer, and then connect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 1-951 Connect one connector

2. Turn the control panel over (callout 1), and then install four screws (callout 2).
Figure 1-952 Install four screws
2
3. Place one cable in the guide.
Figure 1-953 Place one cable in the guide

4. Install the tab on the NFC PCA holder (callout 1) in the slot (callout 2) in the chassis.
Figure 1-954 Install the tab
1
2
5. Rotate the NFC PCA holder down (callout 1) to install it, connect one connector (callout 2), and then
install one screw (callout 3).


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2

2 3


2 3
1




Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies
● Removal and replacement: Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers
● Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer assembly
● Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA (M553x)
● Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA (M577z)
● Removal and replacement: Wireless PCA (M553 and M577)
● Removal and replacement: Stapler unit (M577c/f/z)
● Removal and replacement: DC controller
● Removal and replacement: Delivery assembly
● Removal and replacement: Formatter (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Formatter (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Formatter case assembly
● Removal and replacement: Fuser power supply
● Removal and replacement: Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)
● Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply D (HVPSD)
● Removal and replacement: Drum motor 1 (M1)
● Removal and replacement: Power-supply fan (FM1)
● Removal and replacement: Developing disengagement motor (M6)
● Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly
● Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: Laser/scanner assembly
● Removal and replacement: Delivery fan (FM3)
● Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply T (HVPST)
● Removal and replacement: Fuser motor (M4)
● Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA)
● Removal and replacement: Fuser drive assembly
● Removal and replacement: Duplex drive assembly and motor
● Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly and motor (M5)
● Removal and replacement: Registration assembly

● Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly
● Removal and replacement: Density-detect assembly
● Removal and replacement: Main drive assembly

Removal and replacement: Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 pickup roller
● Step 2: Remove the Tray 1 separation roller
● Step 4: Install the Tray 1 separation roller
● Step 5: Install the Tray 1 pickup roller
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers.

Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers kit part number
B5L24-67905 Tray 1 pickup and separation rollers with instruction guide
Required tools
Make sure that Tray 1 is fully closed after replacing the rollers.

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the Tray 1 pickup roller
1. Open Tray 1.

Figure 1-971 Open Tray 1
2. Pull on the center of the cover to open it.
Figure 1-972 Open the roller cover

3. Pull the cover straight off of the printer to remove it.
4. Release two tabs (callout 1) between the roller collar and roller, and then rotate the top of the roller
(callout 2) out and away from the printer.
TIP: Pushing down on the top of the roller might make it easier to release the tabs.
2
1

5. Remove the roller.
Step 2: Remove the Tray 1 separation roller
1. Carefully flex the right- and left-side tray retainers to release them.
TIP: Raise the tray to the halfway closed position to make it is easier to release the retainers.
Figure 1-976 Release the tray retainers

2. Carefully raise Tray 1 up into the printer.
Figure 1-977 Raise Tray 1 up
3. Firmly grasp the corners of the separation roller cover, and then rotate it down and away from the
printer to remove it.
Figure 1-978 Open the roller cover

4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the end of the roller out and away from the holder
(callout 2).
TIP: It might be necessary to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to complete this step.
5. Slide the roller out of the holder to remove it.
CAUTION: Avoid touching the surface of the replacement rollers. Skin oils on the rollers can cause print-
quality problems. Thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water to remove skin oils, and then completely
dry them.

Step 4: Install the Tray 1 separation roller
1. Before beginning, locate the keyed end of the replacement separation roller (callout 1) and the holder
(callout 2).
Figure 1-982 Locate the keyed end of the roller and the holder

2. Slide the keyed end of the roller into the holder to install it.
3. Rotate the end of the roller into the holder (callout 1) until the tab (callout 2) snaps into place.
Figure 1-984 Rotate the end of the roller into the holder

4. Position the separation roller cover on the printer, and then rotate it up and towards the printer to install
it.
Figure 1-985 Close the roller cover
5. Carefully lower Tray 1 down.
Figure 1-986 Lower Tray 1 down

6. Carefully flex the right- and left-side tray retainers to reconnect them.
Figure 1-987 Reconnect the tray retainers
Step 5: Install the Tray 1 pickup roller
1. Position the replacement pickup roller with the pins in the provided slots on the holder, and then rotate
the top of the roller up and toward the printer.

2. Continue to rotate the top of the roller toward the printer (callout 1), until two tabs (callout 2) snap into
place.
Figure 1-989 Reconnect two tabs
3. Install the roller cover.
Figure 1-990 Install the roller cover

4. Close the roller cover.
Figure 1-991 Close the roller cover
5. Close Tray 1.
Figure 1-992 Close Tray 1

Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the secondary transfer assembly
● Step 3: Install the secondary transfer assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the secondary transfer assembly.

Secondary transfer assembly part number
RM2-0090-000CN Secondary transfer assembly (M553n)
RM2-0022-000CN Secondary transfer assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577)
Required tools
Make sure that the right door is fully closed after replacing the secondary transfer roller assembly.

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the secondary transfer assembly

2. Release the blue arm, and then let the secondary transfer assembly rotate down to the half-way open
position.
NOTE: The assembly should stop at the halfway down point—the pin will stop at the notch in the slot
in the blue arm.
Figure 1-994 Release the secondary transfer roller assembly

3. Carefully flex the top portion of the blue arm—as shown in the figure—to start to disengage it from the
pin.
Figure 1-995 Carefully flex the top portion of the blue arm
4. Continue to flex the blue arm until it disengages from the pin.
Figure 1-996 Disengage the blue arm and pin

5. Slide the assembly toward the front of the printer to release it (callout 1), and then rotate it down and
away from the printer to remove it (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: Before removing the assembly, take note of where the assembly hinge pins fit into
the holes provided in the printer.
Figure 1-997 Remove the secondary transfer roller assembly
CAUTION: Skin oils on the roller can cause print-quality problems. Avoid touching the black spongy roller on
the assembly.

Step 3: Install the secondary transfer assembly
1. Move the registration sensor assembly (callout 1) out of the way, and then position the secondary
transfer assembly right hinge (callout 2) into the hole provided in the printer.
Figure 1-999 Install the right hinge
2. Position the assembly left-side hinge near the hole provided in the printer, and then slide the assembly
toward the front of the printer to install the hinge in the hole.
Figure 1-1000 Install the left hinge
1
2

3. Carefully flex the blue arm, and then push it over the pin on the assembly to engage it.
NOTE: Make sure that the pin is correctly installed in the slot on the blue arm.
Figure 1-1001 Engage the blue arm with the pin
TIP: The right door should close easily if the secondary transfer assembly is correctly installed.

Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA (M553x)
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the NFC PCA
● Step 10: Install the NFC PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the near field communication (NFC) printed
circuit assembly (PCA).

ESD sensitive part.

NFC PCA part number
B5L24-60002 NFC PCA
Required tools
it.
With the printer in the Ready state, send a print job using the NFC PCA.





control panel.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

1
2

1
3
2


1 2

Step 8: Remove the NFC PCA

▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the NFC PCA
(callout 3).
Figure 1-1026 Remove the NFC PCA
2
1

Step 10: Install the NFC PCA

▲ Position the NFC PCA (callout 1) on the printer, connect one connector (callout 2), and then make sure
the two tabs (callout 3) are firmly holding the PCA in the holder.
Figure 1-1028 Install the NFC PCA
3
2


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2

2 3


2 3
1


NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 17: Install the USB cover
on page 611.

assembly.


place.


Removal and replacement: Near field communication (NFC) PCA (M577z)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the NFC
● Step 3: Install the NFC PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the NFC PCA for the M577.

NFC PCA part number
B5L24-60001 NFC PCA
Required tools
● No special tools are required to replace this part.

Post service test
Step 1: Remove the NFC

1
2
the cover.

3. Continue to rotate the top edge of the cover away from the printer, and then remove the cover.
4. Locate the NFC.
Figure 1-1053 Locate the NFC

5. Release four tabs (callout 1).
Figure 1-1054 Release four tabs
6. Lift the NFC PCA up, and then disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 1-1055 Disconnect one connector
NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

Step 3: Install the NFC PCA
1. Connect one connector (callout 1).

2. Position the holes in the NFC PCA (callout 1) over the posts (callout 2) on the printer.
Figure 1-1058 Position the NFC PCA
3. Install four tabs (callout 1) around the NFC PCA.
Figure 1-1059 Install four tabs

5. Beginning at the left side of the control-panel cover, carefully engage five tabs along the top edge of the
cover.


Removal and replacement: Wireless PCA (M553 and M577)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the USB cover (M553)
● Step 6: Remove the left cover (M553)
● Step 7: Remove the upper cover (M553)
● Step 12: Remove the integrated scanner assembly (M577)
● Step 13: Remove the stapler unit (M577f and M577z)
● Step 19: Remove the wireless PCA (M553 and M577)
● Step 21: Install the wireless PCA (M553 and M577)
● Step 27: Install the stapler unit (M577f and M577z)

● Step 33: Install the upper cover (M553)
● Step 34: Install the left cover (M553)
● Step 36: Install the control-panel (M553x only)
● Step 37: Install the USB cover (M553)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the wireless printed circuit assembly (PCA).

ESD sensitive part.
Upper cover part number
1150-7968 Wireless PCA
Required tools

it.
With the printer in the Ready state, send a print job using the wireless PCA.


1
2

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.
Step 3: Remove the USB cover (M553)


NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 5: Remove the rear cover (M553)
on page 631.
For the M577, skip this step and go to Step 8: Remove the rear upper cover (M577) on page 635.


control panel.


1
2
Step 6: Remove the left cover (M553)

1
3
2
Step 7: Remove the upper cover (M553)

1 2


screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2



Remove the integrated scanner assembly (M577) on page 642.


Step 12: Remove the integrated scanner assembly (M577)




Step 13: Remove the stapler unit (M577f and M577z)
14: Remove the right upper cover (M577) on page 647.
This step is for the M577 models. For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 18: Remove
the output bin on page 653.

1
2
step.

step.

1
2




cover.

Step 19: Remove the wireless PCA (M553 and M577)

▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the wireless PCA
(callout 3).

Figure 1-1124 Remove the wireless PCA
1
3
Step 21: Install the wireless PCA (M553 and M577)

▲ Position the wireless PCA (callout 1) on the printer, connect one connector (callout 2), and then make
sure the two tabs (callout 3) are firmly holding the PCA in the holder.

Figure 1-1126 Install the wireless PCA
2
1


chassis.
Install the upper cover (M553) on page 676.





1
2
2 1


Step 27: Install the stapler unit (M577f and M577z)
NOTE: This step is for the M577f and M577z models only. For the M577dn model, skip this step and go to
Step 28: Install the integrated scanner assembly (M577) on page 666.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 33: Install the upper cover (M553)
on page 676.


on page 250.



formatter.
1
3
on page 676.
2 1

Install the left upper cover (M577) on page 673.
on page 676.

2
1
2
1


2
1


2 1
3
Step 33: Install the upper cover (M553)
Install the TCU on page 685.


(callout 2).
Step 34: Install the left cover (M553)

snaps into place.
3
2

2 3

Step 36: Install the control-panel (M553x only)
NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 37: Install the USB cover (M553)
on page 684.
For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 38: Install the TCU on page 685.

assembly.


place.
Step 37: Install the USB cover (M553)




2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Stapler unit (M577c/f/z)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the staple cartridge
● Step 2: Remove the stapler cover assembly
● Step 3: Remove the stapler unit
● Step 5: Install the stapler unit
● Step 6: Install the stapler cover assembly
● Step 7: Install the staple cartridge
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 stapler unit.

Stapler unit part number
B5L46-60102 Stapler unit
Required tools
Make sure that the rear upper cover is fully seated after replacing it.

Step 1: Remove the staple cartridge

2. Pull the staple cartridge straight out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-1190 Remove the staple cartridge

Step 2: Remove the stapler cover assembly


Step 3: Remove the stapler unit

1
2
Step 5: Install the stapler unit

Step 6: Install the stapler cover assembly

2 1

Step 7: Install the staple cartridge

2. Push the staple cartridge straight into the printer to install it.
Figure 1-1205 Install the staple cartridge

Removal and replacement: DC controller
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the DC controller
● Step 7: Install the DC controller
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the DC controller.

ESD sensitive part.
DC controller part number
RM2-7186-000CN DC controller (M552, M553)
RM2-7187-000CN DC controller (M577)

Required tools
Make sure that all of the connectors on the DC controller are fully seated.
it.

Post service test

1
2

1
2
Remove the DC controller on page 704.
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2

Remove the DC controller on page 704.

Step 5: Remove the DC controller
1. Disconnect 18 connectors on the DC controller. The flat cables will be disconnected in the next step.
The following connectors are empty:
● J140, J141, and J143
Figure 1-1217 Disconnect 18 connectors

2. Disconnect five flat cables.
IMPORTANT: One of the flat-cable connectors (callout 1) is a Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connector that
uses a hinged retainer to secure the flat cable. The hinged retainer must be opened to release the flat
cable.
Figure 1-1218 Disconnect the flat cables
3. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the DC controller (callout 2).
Figure 1-1219 Remove the DC controller
2 1

Step 7: Install the DC controller
1. Position the DC controller (callout 1) on the printer, and then install four screws (callout 2).
Figure 1-1221 Install the DC controller
2
1

2. Connect five flat cables.
IMPORTANT: One of the flat-cable connectors (callout 1) is a Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connector that
uses a hinged retainer to secure the flat cable. The hinged retainer must be opened to install the flat
cable, and then closed to secure the cable.
Figure 1-1222 Connect the flat cables
3. Connect 18 connectors on the DC controller.
When the DC controller is fully reinstalled, the following connectors are empty:
● J140, J141, and J143
Figure 1-1223 Connect all of the connectors



2 1
3

2 3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Delivery assembly
● Introduction
● Step 10: Remove the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)
● Step 15: Remove the integrated scanner assembly
● Step 21: Remove the top bracket (M577)
● Step 23: Remove the delivery assembly
● Step 25: Install the delivery assembly
● Step 27: Install the top bracket (M577)

● Step 38: Install the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the delivery assembly.


Delivery assembly part number
RM2-0092-000CN Paper delivery assembly (M553n)
RM2-0016-000CN Paper delivery assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577)
Required tools
it.

Post service test

1
2

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.



problems.

the assembly.
1
2



quality problems.

NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 7: Remove the rear cover (M552
and M553) on page 729.
For the M577, skip this step and go to Step 11: Remove the rear upper cover (M577) on page 736.


control panel.


1
2

1
3
2

1 2

Step 10: Remove the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)
NOTE: For the M553x model, skip this step and go to Step 22: Remove the output bin on page 755.
For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 11: Remove the rear upper cover (M577) on page 736.

1
3

side.
control panel.

screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2




Remove the integrated scanner assembly on page 743.


Step 15: Remove the integrated scanner assembly




1
2
step.

step.

1
2





cover.
Step 21: Remove the top bracket (M577)
1. At the top of the printer, remove three screws (callout 1).

2. At the top of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).
3. Lift the top bracket up to remove it.

Step 23: Remove the delivery assembly
NOTE: These two screws are the self-tapping type.

2. M553x only: At the top-front-right corner of the printer, disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove
one screw (callout 2), and then remove the near field communication (NFC) PCA and holder by sliding
them to the right (callout 3).
3
2

3. Release two retainers (callout 1), remove the USB cable (callout 2) from the retainers, and then
disconnect one connector (callout 3).
Figure 1-1316 Release two retainers and disconnect one connector

5. Remove the delivery assembly.
NOTE: The solenoid plunger and arm (callout 1) located on the right side of the assembly are not
captive. Do not lose the plunger and arm when handling the assembly.
Figure 1-1318 Remove the assembly

Step 25: Install the delivery assembly
1. Locate the solenoid plunger and arm (callout 1) on the right side of the removed delivery assembly.
Figure 1-1320 Locate the solenoid plunger

2. Remove the arm from the assembly.
Figure 1-1321 Remove the arm
3. Pull the solenoid plunger off of the arm to separate them.
Figure 1-1322 Separate the solenoid plunger from the arm

4. Install the solenoid plunger on the arm of the replacement delivery assembly.
Figure 1-1323 Install the solenoid plunger
5. Position the delivery assembly on the printer—make sure that the solenoid plunger is placed into the
solenoid when the assembly is installed.
Figure 1-1324 Install the assembly

7. Connect one connector (callout 1), and then place the USB cable (callout 2) in the retainers (callout 3).

8. M553x only: At the top-front-right corner of the printer, install the tab on the NFC PCA holder (callout 1)
in the slot (callout 2) in the chassis.
Figure 1-1327 Install the PCA holder
9. M553x only: Rotate the NFC PCA holder down (callout 1) to install it, and then install one screw
(callout 2).

10. M553x only: Connect one connector (callout 1) on the NFC PCA.


chassis.
Step 27: Install the top bracket (M577)
Install the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only) on page 787.
1. Position the tabs (callout 1) on the bracket in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Figure 1-1335 Position the tabs in the slots
2. At the top of the printer, install two screws (callout 1).

3. At the top of the printer, install three screws (callout 1).





1
2
2 1


Install the integrated scanner assembly (M577) on page 777.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 38: Install the control panel (M553n/dn and
M552dn only) on page 787.


on page 250.



formatter.
1
3
2 1


2
1
2
1


2
1


2 1
3
Step 38: Install the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)
NOTE: This step is for the M553n/dn and M552dn models. For the M553x model, skip this step and go to
Step 30: Install the upper cover (M552 and M553) on page 790.


1
2


(callout 2).


snaps into place.
3
2

2 3
NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 37: Install the USB cover (M553)
on page 684.
For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 46: Install the TCU on page 804.

assembly.


place.

problems.
1. Handle the replacement ITB by the edges. Do not touch the grey-plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints
on the belt can cause print-quality problems.



1
2






2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Formatter (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the embedded MutliMedia Card (eMMC)
● Step 4: Remove the dual inline memory module (DIMM)
● Step 5: Remove the trusted platform module (TPM)
● Step 6: Remove the formatter
● Step 8: Install the formatter
● Step 10: Install the eMMC
● Step 11: Install the TPM
● Step 12: Install the HDD
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter.

ESD sensitive part.

Formatter kit number
B5L23-67903 Formatter (M552)
B5L23-67904 Formatter (M552; India and China only)
B5L24-67909 Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh)
B5L24-67908 Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh; India and China only)
B5L26-67901 Formatter (M553x)
B5L26-67902 Formatter (M553x; India and China only)
Required tools
Make sure that all of the connectors on the formatter are fully seated.
it.

Post service test

1
2
NOTE: If the optional HDD is not installed, skip this step and go to Step 3: Remove the embedded MutliMedia
Card (eMMC) on page 810.

Step 3: Remove the embedded MutliMedia Card (eMMC)
NOTE: If the formatter is being removed to gain access to other assemblies, skip this step and go to Step 6:
Remove the formatter on page 813.

▲ Locate the eMMC component on the formatter, and then pull it straight off of the formatter to remove it.
Figure 1-1416 Remove the eMMC
Step 4: Remove the dual inline memory module (DIMM)
NOTE: If the formatter is being removed to gain access to other assemblies (or the optional DIMM is not
installed), skip this step and go to Step 6: Remove the formatter on page 813.

2. Pull the DIMM straight off of the formatter to remove it.
Figure 1-1418 Remove the DIMM
Step 5: Remove the trusted platform module (TPM)
NOTE: If the formatter is being removed to gain access to other assemblies (or the optional TPM is not
installed), skip this step and go to Step 6: Remove the formatter on page 813.
1. Locate the TPM component on the formatter.
Figure 1-1419 Locate the TPM

2. Pull the TPM straight off of the formatter to remove it.
Figure 1-1420 Remove the TPM
Step 6: Remove the formatter
1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter.
● All models: J1 (this connector is empty unless the optional DIMM is installed)
● M553n/dn and M552dn: J2 (callout 1; this is the touchscreen connector for the M553x model)
● All models: J9 (this connector is empty unless the optional internal USB ports component is
installed)
● All models: J18 (this connector is empty unless the optional hard-disk-drive (HDD) is installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● M553n/dn and M552dn: J25 (this is the wireless connector for the M553x model)
● All models: J57
● All models: J98 (this connector is empty unless the optional trusted platform module (TPM) is
installed)
IMPORTANT: The flat-cable connector (callout 2) is a Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) connector that uses a
hinged retainer to secure the flat cable. The hinged retainer must be opened to release the flat cable.

Figure 1-1421 Disconnect all connectors
2. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the formatter.
Figure 1-1422 Remove the formatter

CF367-67912
Lea esto primero 1

www.hp.com/support
2 3
Optional Optional
Optional
Step 8: Install the formatter
1. Position the formatter in the printer, and then install four screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-1424 Install the formatter

2. Connect all of the connectors on the formatter.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)
hinged retainer to secure the flat cable. The hinged retainer must be opened to install the flat cable.
Figure 1-1425 Connect all connectors
NOTE: If the formatter was removed to gain access to other assemblies (or the optional DIMM is not
installed), skip this step and go to Step 10: Install the eMMC on page 818.
1. The DIMM connector (callout 1) is keyed, and can only be installed in one direction in the formatter
connector (callout 2).

Figure 1-1426 The DIMM connector
2. Align the connector on the DIMM with the connector on the formatter, and then push the DIMM onto the
formatter to install it.

3. Verify that the DIMM is fully seated in the connector.
Step 10: Install the eMMC
NOTE: If the formatter was removed to gain access to other assemblies, skip this step and go to Step 12:
Install the HDD on page 820.
1. Align the connector on the replacement eMMC (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2),
and then push the eMMC onto the formatter to install it.
NOTE: The eMMC can only be installed in one direction on the formatter.
Figure 1-1429 Install the eMMC

2. Push down on the eMMC to make sure that it is fully seated in the connector.
Step 11: Install the TPM
NOTE: If the formatter was removed to gain access to other assemblies (or the optional TPM is not
installed), skip this step and go to Step 12: Install the HDD on page 820.
1. Align the connector on the TPM (callout 1) with the connector on the formatter (callout 2), and then push
the TPM onto the formatter to install it.
NOTE: The TPM can only be install in one direction on the formatter.
Figure 1-1431 Install the TPM
2
1

2. Verify that the TPM is fully seated in the connector.
Figure 1-1432 Verify that the TPM is fully seated
Step 12: Install the HDD
on page 821.


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Formatter (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD) (M577)
● Step 3: Remove the fax PCA (M577c/f/z)
● Step 4: Remove the dual inline memory module (DIMM) (M577)
● Step 5: Remove the formatter
● Step 7: Install the formatter
● Step 8: Install the DIMM (M577)
● Step 9: Install the fax PCA (M577c/f/z)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 formatter.

ESD sensitive part.
IMPORTANT: Do not replace the formatter, DC controller, and hard-disk drive simultaneously during a single
printer servicing. Doing so might cause the printer to become unstable or inoperable.
Formatter (M577) kit number
B5L46-67909 Formatter (M577)
B5L46-67911 Formatter (M577; India and China only)

Required tools
it.

Post service test

1
2
Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD) (M577)
1 2

Step 3: Remove the fax PCA (M577c/f/z)
NOTE: If the fax PCA is not installed, skip this step and go to Step 4: Remove the dual inline memory module
(DIMM) (M577) on page 827.
1. Locate the fax PCA component on the formatter.
Figure 1-1440 Locate the fax PCA

2. Release the connector latch (callout 1), and then pull the connector away from the formatter (callout 2)
to disconnect it.
3. Release one retainer (callout 1) by pressing the bracket arms together.
Figure 1-1442 Release one latch

4. Rotate the end of the fax PCA (callout 1) away from the formatter, and then slide the PCA left (callout 2)
to remove it.
Figure 1-1443 Remove the fax PCA
2
1
Step 4: Remove the dual inline memory module (DIMM) (M577)
NOTE: If the DIMM is not installed, skip this step and go to Step 5: Remove the formatter on page 828.
2. Do the following:
a. Release two locking arms (callout 1).

Figure 1-1445 Release the DIMM
b. Pull the DIMM down and away from the holder to remove it.
Figure 1-1446 Remove the DIMM (M527)
Step 5: Remove the formatter
● All models: J3
● M577dn: J15 (this is the fax connector for the M577f/z/c models)

installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

3. Remove the formatter.

CF367-67912
Lea esto primero 1

www.hp.com/support
2 3
Step 7: Install the formatter
1. Position the formatter in the printer. Make sure that the network port (callout 1) fits through the
opening (callout 2) in the formatter case.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)
hinged retainer to secure the flat cable. The hinged retainer must be opened to install the flat cable, and
then closed after the cable is installed.

Step 8: Install the DIMM (M577)
NOTE: If the DIMM is not installed, skip this step and go to Step 9: Install the fax PCA (M577c/f/z)
on page 834.
1. Insert the top edge of the DIMM (callout 1) in the holder (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: The DIMM is keyed and can only be inserted in the holder one way.
Figure 1-1454 Insert the DIMM

2. Make sure that the DIMM is fully installed in the holder (callout 1), and then rotate the bottom edge of
the DIMM toward the holder (callout 2).
3. Make sure that the DIMM snaps into the locking arms (callout 1).
Figure 1-1456 Snap the DIMM into place
Step 9: Install the fax PCA (M577c/f/z)
NOTE: If the fax PCA is not installed, skip this step and go to Step 10: Install the HDD (M577) on page 836.
1. Position the tab and telephone port (callout 1) on the fax PCA in the slots (callout 2) in the formatter
case.

Figure 1-1457 Position the fax PCA
2. Slide the fax PCA to the right (callout 1) until the tab and telephone port described in the previous step
and seated in the formatter case. Position the retainer (callout 2) in the slot (callout 3) in the formatter.
Rotate the end of the fax PCA toward the formatter (callout 4) until the retainer snaps into place.
Figure 1-1458 Install the fax PCA
1
3
4

3. Position the cable (callout 1) in the guide (callout 2), and then connect one connector (callout 3).
Figure 1-1459 Connect the connector
2 1
1 2
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Formatter case assembly
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the formatter (M552 and M553)
● Step 6: Remove the formatter (M577)
● Step 11: Remove the formatter case
● Step 13: Install the formatter case
● Step 18: Install the formatter (M577)
● Step 21: Install the formatter (M552 and M553)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the formatter case assembly.


Formatter case assembly part number
Not orderable Formatter case assembly
Required tools
it.

Post service test
NOTE: The M553 model is shown in some of the figures below. The procedure is also correct for the M577
models.

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

Step 3: Remove the formatter (M552 and M553)
Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD) (M577) on page 844.
If the optional hard-disk drive (HDD) is installed, it must be removed to gain access to the formatter mounting
screws.
Release two tabs along the left edge of the HDD, rotate the left edge away from the product, and then slide
the HDD to the left to remove it.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)

Remove the rear cover (M552 and M553) on page 849.

1 2
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577n model, skip this step and go to Step 6: Remove
the formatter (M577) on page 847.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 7: Remove the rear cover (M552 and M553)
on page 849.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1
Step 6: Remove the formatter (M577)

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2

Step 11: Remove the formatter case
1. M577 only: Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then pass the wire harness (callout 2) through two
openings in the formatter case (callout 3).

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) on the black plastic bracket. Hold the tabs in the released position, and then
slide the bracket (callout 2) to the right to remove it from the formatter case.
3. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then slide the low-voltage power supply (LVPS) cover to the right to
remove it.
Figure 1-1492 Remove the LVPS cover

4. Pass two wire harnesses and one flat cable (callout 1) through the opening in the formatter case, and
then release one wire harness from the retainer (callout 2).
CAUTION: The flat cable might be attached to the formatter case with double-sided tape. Make sure
that this tape is released, so that the flat cable is not damaged when the formatter case is removed.
Figure 1-1493 Release wire harnesses and flat cable
5. Remove six screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-1494 Remove six screws

6. Rotate the bottom of the formatter case away from the printer (callout 1), and then pull it down
(callout 2) to release it.
Figure 1-1495 Release the formatter case
7. Pass the wire harnesses through the opening in the formatter case to remove it.
IMPORTANT: If the formatter case is removed so that it can be replaced, make sure to transfer the
memory PCA (island of data) and plastic bracket (callout 1) to the replacement case.
Figure 1-1496 Remove the formatter case

Step 13: Install the formatter case
1. Pass the wire harnesses through the opening in the formatter case.
Figure 1-1498 Pass the wire harnesses through the opening

2. Position the top of the formatter case on the printer (callout 1), and then rotate the bottom of the case
(callout 2) into the printer.
Figure 1-1499 Install the formatter case
3. Install six screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-1500 Install six screws

then install one wire harness in the retainer (callout 2).
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the flat cable is securely fastened to the DC controller, and was not
dislodged when the formatter case was removed.
Figure 1-1501 Install wire harnesses and flat cable
1 2
5. Position the LVPS cover on the printer, slide the cover to the left to install it, and then install two screws
(callout 1).
Figure 1-1502 Install the LVPS cover

6. If no tape is affixed to the back of the flat cable, skip this step. If double-sided tape is affixed to the back
of the flat cable, align the line (callout 1) on the cable with the edge (callout 2) of the opening in the
sheet metal. Press to attach the flat cable to the formatter case.
Figure 1-1503 Attach the flat cable
2 1
7. Position the bracket over the flat cable, and then slide the bracket to the left to install it. Make sure that
the edges of the bracket fit under the sheet metal tabs (callout 1) on the formatter case and that the
tabs (callout 2) snap into place.
Figure 1-1504 Position the bracket
2 1

8. M577 only: Pass the wire harness (callout 1) through the openings in the formatter case (callout 2), and
then connect one connector (callout 3).

snaps into place.
3
2



2 1
3

Install the formatter (M577) on page 869.
2 3

Step 18: Install the formatter (M577)
NOTE: This step is for the M577 models. For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and to go Step 21:
Install the formatter (M552 and M553) on page 874.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577n model, skip this step and go to Step 20: Install
the HDD (M577) on page 872.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 21: Install the formatter (M552 and M553)
on page 874.
case.

1
3
4
2 1
NOTE: This step is for the M577 models. For the M552 andM553 models, skip this step and go to Step 21:

1 2
3

Step 21: Install the formatter (M552 and M553)
If the optional hard-disk drive (HDD) was removed, do not forget to reinstall it after the formatter is
reinstalled.
Engage the HDD holder with the chassis, rotate the HDD connector down and into the connector on the
formatter. Make sure that the tabs snap into place.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


Removal and replacement: Fuser power supply
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the fuser power supply
● Step 9: Install the fuser power supply
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser power supply.

ESD sensitive part.

Fuser power supply part number
RM2-7125-000CN Fuser power supply
Required tools
it.

Post service test

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2

Step 7: Remove the fuser power supply
remove it.

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
3. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the chassis.
Figure 1-1550 Pass the wire harness through the opening

4. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1).
Figure 1-1551 Disconnect three connectors
5. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the fuser power supply (callout 2).
Figure 1-1552 Remove the fuser power supply

Step 9: Install the fuser power supply
1. Position the fuser power supply (callout 1) in the printer, and then install two screws (callout 2).
Figure 1-1554 Remove the fuser power supply

2. Connect three connectors (callout 1).
Figure 1-1555 Connect three connectors
3. Pass the wire harness through the opening in the chassis.
Figure 1-1556 Pass the wire harness through the opening

(callout 1).

snaps into place.
3
2




2 1
3

2 3


2 3
1


Removal and replacement: Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)
● Introduction
● Step 12: Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)
● Step 14: Install the LVPS
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).


ESD sensitive part.
Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) part number
RM2-7164-000CN Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)
Required tools
Make sure that all of the connectors on the LVPS are fully seated.
it.

Post service test

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 913.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2


remove it.


Step 12: Remove the low-voltage power supply (LVPS)
1. Disconnect one wire harness (callout 1), and then pass the wire harness through the opening (callout 2)
in the chassis.

Figure 1-1609 Disconnect one wire harness
1
2
2. Disconnect three connectors on the DC controller (callout 1), and then disconnect four connectors
(callout 2) on the LVPS.
Figure 1-1610 Disconnect seven connectors

1

3. Pass the wire harnesses from the DC controller to the LVPS through the opening in the chassis
(callout 1), and then release the wire harnesses from the retainer (callout 2).

5. Rotate the top of the LVPS away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide it up and out (callout 2) of
the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-1613 Remove the LVPS

Step 14: Install the LVPS
1. Position the bottom of the LVPS in the printer (callout 1) at a slight angle, and then rotate the top of it
into the printer (callout 2) to install it.
Figure 1-1615 Install the LVPS
1 2

(callout 1), and then install the wire harnesses in the retainer (callout 2).
2
1
4. Connect three connectors on the DC controller (callout 1), and then connect four connectors (callout 2)
on the LVPS.
Figure 1-1618 Connect seven connectors

1

5. Pass the wire harness through the opening (callout 1) in the chassis, and then connect one wire harness
(callout 2).
Figure 1-1619 Connect one wire harness


1 2
(callout 1).

2 1
2 1


snaps into place.
3
2



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 943.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply D (HVPSD)
● Introduction
● Step 13: Remove the high-voltage power supply D (HVPSD)
● Step 15: Install the HVPSD
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high-voltage power supply D (HVPSD).


ESD sensitive part.
High-voltage power supply D (HVPSD) part number
RM2-7122-000CN High-voltage power supply D (HVPSD)
Required tools
Make sure that all of the connectors on the HVPSD are fully seated.
it.

Post service test

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 958.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1


Step 13: Remove the high-voltage power supply D (HVPSD)
1. Disconnect one flat cable (callout 1) on the DC controller.
Figure 1-1693 Disconnect one flat cable

2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one self tapping screw (callout 2) on the HVPSD.
1
3. Release five tabs (callout 1), and then remove the HVPSD (callout 2).
Figure 1-1695 Remove the HVPSD

Step 15: Install the HVPSD
1. Position the bottom right corner of the HVPSD (callout 1) behind the black tab, and then rotate it up and
onto the printer (callout 2).
Figure 1-1697 Install the HVPSD

2. Press it onto five tabs (callout 2).
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all five tabs snap into place.
Figure 1-1698 Press the tabs
3. Install two screws (callout 1), and then install one self tapping screw (callout 2) on the HVPSD.

4. Connect one flat cable (callout 1) on the DC controller.
Figure 1-1700 Connect one flat cable
1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

snaps into place.
3
2




2 1
3

2 3

2
1
● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23

● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)
on page 991.
case.

1
3
4

2 1
1 2
3

reinstalled.

installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1



Removal and replacement: Drum motor 1 (M1)
● Introduction
● Step 12: Remove drum motor 1 (M1)
● Step 14: Install drum motor 1 (M1)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the drum motor 1 (M1).


Drum motor 1 (M1) part number
RM2-0078-000CN Drum motor 1 (M1)
Required tools
it.

Post service test
Use the components test to test the motor. For more information, see the printer troubleshooting manual.

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1007.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2


remove it.


Step 12: Remove drum motor 1 (M1)

▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor.

Figure 1-1774 Remove the motor
Step 14: Install drum motor 1 (M1)

▲ Position the motor on the printer, install four screws (callout 1), and then connect one connector
(callout 2).

Figure 1-1776 Install the motor


1 2
(callout 1).

2 1
2 1


snaps into place.
3
2



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1033.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


Removal and replacement: Power-supply fan (FM1)
● Introduction
● Step 11: Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577f and M577z)
● Step 20: Remove the power supply fan (FM1)
● Step 22: Install the power-supply fan (FM1)

● Step 31: Install the stapler cover assembly (M577f and M577z)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the power-supply fan (FM1).

Power supply fan (FM1) part number
RK2-2416-000CN Power supply fan (FM1)
Required tools
it.

NOTE: This step is for the M552 and M553 models. For the M577 models, skip this step and to go Step 4:
Remove the formatter cover on page 1045.

Step 3: Remove the toner collection unit (TCU) on page 1043.
For the M577 models, skip this step and to go Step 4: Remove the formatter cover on page 1045.


control panel.

Remove the formatter cover on page 1045.

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2

Remove the right front upper cover (M577dn) on page 1054

1 2

NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model. For the M577f and M577z models, skip this step and to go Step
11: Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577f and M577z) on page 1055.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 13: Remove the right rear cover on page 1059.

Step 11: Remove the stapler cover assembly (M577f and M577z)
12: Remove the right upper cover (M577) on page 1057.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 13: Remove the right rear cover on page 1059.


Remove the right rear cover on page 1059.

step.
step.

1
2
release it.

Remove the formatter (M577) on page 1065
screws.
Release two tabs along the left edge of the HDD, rotate the left edge away form the product, and then slide

installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)

Remove the formatter case on page 1067.
1 2

NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577n model, skip this step and go to Step 17:
Remove the formatter (M577) on page 1065.
For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 18: Remove the formatter case on page 1067.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1
● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)



remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1


Step 20: Remove the power supply fan (FM1)

2. Release the wire harnesses from the retainer on the top of the fan bracket.
Figure 1-1877 Release the wire harnesses
3. Lift the fan up (callout 1), and then slide it out of the printer (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-1878 Remove the fan
1
2

Step 22: Install the power-supply fan (FM1)
1. Slide the fan in (callout 1) and then down (callout 2) into the printer to install it.
NOTE: Make sure that the arrow (callout 3) embossed on the fan holder faces into the printer.
Figure 1-1880 Install the fan
1
2 1

2. Place the wire harnesses in the retainer on the top of the fan bracket.
Figure 1-1881 Place the wire harnesses in the retainer

1 2

2
1
on the LVPS.

1

(callout 2).


1 2
(callout 1).

2 1
2 1

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1088.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

Install the right rear cover on page 1089
reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

(callout 2).
1
2

2 1


Step 31: Install the stapler cover assembly (M577f and M577z)
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577dn model, skip this step and to go Step 32: Install
the right front upper cover (M577dn) on page 1094.
on page 1096.
2 1

NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model. For the M577c/f/z models, skip this step and to go Step 34: Install
the left cover on page 1098.
on page 1096.

2
1
2
1

Install the left cover on page 1098

(callout 2).


snaps into place.
3
2



2 1
3

Install the formatter cover on page 1104
2 3


2 3
1
NOTE: This step is for the M552 and M553 models. For the M577 models, skip this step.


Step 17: Install the USB cover on page 517.
For the M577 models, skip this step.

assembly.


place.


Removal and replacement: Developing disengagement motor (M6)
● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the developing disengagement motor (M6)
● Step 16: Install the developing disengagement motor (M6)

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the developing disengagement motor (M6).

Developing disengagement motor (M6) part number
RK2-6027-000CN Developing disengagement motor (M6)
Required tools
it.

Post service test

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1122.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
Step 14: Remove the developing disengagement motor (M6)

▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor.

2
1
Step 16: Install the developing disengagement motor (M6)

▲ Position the motor on the printer, install two screws (callout 1), and then connect one connector
(callout 2).

1
2


1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

snaps into place.
3
2




2 1
3

2 3

2
1
● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23

● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)
on page 1156.
case.

1
3
4

2 1
1 2
3

reinstalled.

installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1



Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly
● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the auto close assembly
● Step 16: Install the auto close assembly

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the auto close assembly.

Auto close assembly part number
RM2-5147-000CN Auto close assembly
Required tools
it.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1172.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
Step 14: Remove the auto close assembly

▲ Disconnect four connectors (callout 1/2), remove two screws (callout 3), and then remove the auto close
assembly (callout 4).

Step 16: Install the auto close assembly

▲ Position the auto close assembly on the printer, install two screws (callout 1), and then connect four
connectors (callout 2/3).



1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

snaps into place.
3
2




2 1
3

2 3

2
1
● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23

● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)
on page 1206.
case.

1
3
4

2 1
1 2
3

reinstalled.

installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1



Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly
● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the lifter drive assembly
● Step 16: Install the lifter drive assembly

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the lifter drive assembly.

Lifter drive assembly part number
RM2-0010-000CN Lifter drive assembly
Required tools
it.

Post service test

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1222.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
Step 14: Remove the lifter drive assembly

2. Disconnect two flat cables (callout 1), and then release them from the retainers (callout 2).
Figure 1-2166 Disconnect two flat cables

3. Remove two screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the lifter drive assembly
(callout 3).
NOTE: Release one wire harness from the retainer (callout 4) as the assembly is removed.

Step 16: Install the lifter drive assembly
1. Install one wire harness on the retainer (callout 1), position the lifter drive assembly in the printer (make
sure that one tab (callout 2) snaps into place), and then install two screws (callout 3).
TIP: It might be easier to install the assembly if the bottom of the assembly is installed first, and then
the top of the assembly is rotated into place.
Figure 1-2169 Install the lifter drive
2. Connect two flat cables (callout 1), and then place them in the retainers (callout 2).
Figure 1-2170 Connect two flat cables



1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

snaps into place.
3
2




2 1
3

2 3

2
1
● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23

● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)
on page 1258.
case.

1
3
4

2 1
1 2
3

reinstalled.

installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1



Removal and replacement: Laser/scanner assembly
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the toner cartridges
● Step 15: Remove the laser/scanner assembly
● Step 17: Install the laser/scanner assembly

● Step 30: Install the toner cartridges
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the laser/scanner assembly.

ESD sensitive part.
Laser/scanner assembly part number
RM2-6545-000CN Laser/scanner assembly
Required tools
it.

Post service test

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.
Step 2: Remove the toner cartridges

▲ Grasp the handle of the toner cartridge and pull out to remove it. Repeat this step for the remaining
toner cartridges.

Figure 1-2218 Remove the toner cartridge

1
2
screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

1 2

on page 1274.
to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


1
3
2


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
Step 15: Remove the laser/scanner assembly
1. Release one wire harness from the retainer (callout 1).

Figure 1-2258 Release one wire harness
2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then pull down on the guide (callout 2) to release it.

3. Remove the guide.
Figure 1-2260 Remove the guide
4. Disconnect two flat cables (callout 1).

5. At the rear of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1).
6. At the rear of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the sheet-metal plate
(callout 2).
Figure 1-2263 Remove one screw and the plate

7. At the rear of the printer, push down on the spring (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to release it
from the tab on the chassis.
Figure 1-2264 Release the spring
8. Remove the spring.
Figure 1-2265 Remove the spring

9. At the rear of the printer, release the wire harness from the retainers (callout 1).
Figure 1-2266 Release the wire harness
10. Pull the laser/scanner assembly straight out of the printer to remove it.
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the glass cleaners, make sure that the front door is open before
removing the laser/scanner assembly.
Figure 1-2267 Remove the laser/scanner assembly

Step 17: Install the laser/scanner assembly
1. Handle the replacement laser/scanner assembly by the edges. Do not touch the two glass windows. Skin
oils on the windows can cause image quality problems.
Figure 1-2269 Handle the laser/scanner assembly carefully

2. Slide the laser/scanner assembly straight into the printer to install it.
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the glass cleaners, make sure that the front door is open before
installing the laser/scanner assembly.
Figure 1-2270 Install the laser/scanner assembly
3. Hook the spring under the tab on the chassis (callout 1), and then push it down and under the second tab
Figure 1-2271 Release the spring
1 2

4. Position the sheet-metal plate (callout 1) on the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2).
Figure 1-2272 Install the plate and one screw
5. Place the wire harness in the retainers (callout 1).
Figure 1-2273 Place the wire harness in the retainers

7. Connect two flat cables (callout 1).

8. Position the guide on the printer, and then slide it up to engage the two tabs (callout 1) and install it.
Figure 1-2276 Install the guide
9. Place one wire harness in the retainer (callout 1).
Figure 1-2277 Place one wire harness in the retainer


1

1 2

2
1
on the LVPS.

1

(callout 2).


1 2
(callout 1).

2 1
2 1


snaps into place.
3
2



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1317.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1
Step 30: Install the toner cartridges

▲ Support the toner cartridge underneath with one hand while holding the cartridge handle with the other.
Align the toner cartridge with its slot on the shelf, and then insert the toner cartridge into the printer.
Repeat this step for the remaining toner cartridges.
NOTE: Avoid touching the green imaging drum. Fingerprints on the imaging drum can cause print
defects.
TIP: Leave the front door open until the TCU is reinstalled.
Figure 1-2318 Install a toner cartridge



Removal and replacement: Delivery fan (FM3)
● Introduction
● Step 22: Remove the delivery fan (FM3)
● Step 24: Install the delivery fan (FM3)

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the delivery fan (FM3).

Delivery fan (FM3) part number
RK2-2728-000CN Delivery fan (FM3)
Required tools

it.

Remove the tray on page 1329.


NOTE: This step is for the M553x model. For the M553n/dn, M552dn, and M577 models, skip this step and
go to Step 3: Remove the tray on page 1329.


control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1340.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2



For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 19: Remove the left cover on page 1356.






NOTE: When lifting the ISA, carefully pass the cables through the opening in the top of the formatter
case.

step.
step.

1
2


cover.

1
3
2


1 2


remove it.


Step 22: Remove the delivery fan (FM3)

NOTE: This screw does not secure the fan to the chassis. However it is necessary to remove it so that
the corner of the high-voltage power supply T (HVPST) can be moved out of the way to remove the fan.

3. Slide the fan up to release it.
Figure 1-2397 Release the fan
4. Slightly flex the corner of the HVPST out of the way (callout 1), and then remove the fan.
CAUTION: Do not over flex the HVPST and damage it.
NOTE: Look at the arrows embossed on the fan or the holder. When a replacement fan is installed,
make sure that the embossed arrows face the correct direction.

Step 24: Install the delivery fan (FM3)

1. Slightly flex the corner of the HVPST out of the way (callout 1), and then install the fan.
CAUTION: Do not over flex the HVPST and damage it.
NOTE: Make sure that the arrows embossed on the fan face the correct direction.

2. Slide the fan down to engage it with the chassis.
Figure 1-2401 Engage the fan with the chassis



1 2
(callout 1).

2 1
2 1


(callout 2).


snaps into place.
3
2



1
2
2 1



on page 250.
When installing the ISA, carefully pass the cables through the opening in the top of the formatter case.


For the M552 and M553 models, skip this step and go to Step 36: Install the rear cover (M552 and M553)
on page 1392.

2 1

on page 1392.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1398.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.
NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 45: Install the USB cover (M552

assembly.


place.


Removal and replacement: High-voltage power supply T (HVPST)
● Introduction
● Step 23: Remove the DC controller and sheet-metal bracket
● Step 24: Remove the high-voltage power supply T (HVPST)
● Step 26: Install the HVPST
● Step 27: Install the DC controller and sheet-metal bracket

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the high-voltage power supply T (HVPST).

ESD sensitive part.

High-voltage power supply T (HVPST) part number
RM2-7123-000CN High-voltage power supply T (HVPST) M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577)
RM2-7134-000CN High-voltage power supply T (HVPST) (M553n)
Required tools
Make sure that all of the connectors on the HVPST are fully seated.
it.

Post service test




control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1425.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

step.
step.

1
2



1
3
2

1 2



remove it.
1


release it.

Step 23: Remove the DC controller and sheet-metal bracket
CAUTION: ESD sensitive part.
1. Disconnect all of the connectors, and then remove two screws (callout 1).
● J140, J141, and J143

2. Lift up on the DC controller and sheet-metal plate to remove it.
Figure 1-2552 Remove the plate
Step 24: Remove the high-voltage power supply T (HVPST)
1. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1), and then disconnect one flat cable (callout 2).
Figure 1-2553 Disconnect five connectors and one flat cable

3. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then separate the HVPST from the printer.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to completely remove the HVPST. It is still connected to the printer by
ground wire harness.
Figure 1-2555 Release the HVPST

4. Release one ground wire connector (callout 1), and then remove the HVPST.
Figure 1-2556 Remove the HVPST

Step 26: Install the HVPST
1. Connect one ground wire connector (callout 1).
Figure 1-2558 Connect one ground wire
2. Position the HVPST on the printer, and then push in to engage two tabs (callout 1).
NOTE: Make sure that the tabs snap into place.
Figure 1-2559 Install the HVPST

4. Connect five connectors (callout 1), and then connect one flat cable (callout 2).
Figure 1-2561 Connect five connectors and one flat cable
Step 27: Install the DC controller and sheet-metal bracket
1. Position the DC controller and sheet-metal plate on the printer, and then push down to engage the plate
with the chassis.

Figure 1-2562 Install the plate
2. Install two screws (callout 1), and then connect all of the connectors.
● J140, J141, and J143

(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2



1
2
2 1



on page 250.


on page 1480.

2 1

on page 1480.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1486.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.

assembly.


place.


● Introduction

Introduction


Required tools
it.

Post service test




control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1513.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

step.
step.

1
2



1
3
2

1 2



remove it.
1


release it.

● J140, J141, and J143






(callout 2).


with the chassis.

● J140, J141, and J143

(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2



1
2
2 1



on page 250.


on page 1569.

2 1

on page 1569.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1575.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.

assembly.


place.


● Introduction

Introduction


Required tools
it.

Post service test




control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1602.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

step.
step.

1
2



1
3
2

1 2



remove it.
1


release it.

● J140, J141, and J143






(callout 2).


with the chassis.

● J140, J141, and J143

(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2



1
2
2 1



on page 250.


on page 1658.

2 1

on page 1658.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1664.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.

assembly.


place.


Removal and replacement: Fuser motor (M4)
● Introduction
● Step 25: Remove the fuser motor (M4)
● Step 27: Install the fuser motor (M4)

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser motor (M4).


Fuser motor (M4) part number
RM2-0077-000CN Fuser motor (M4)
Required tools
it.

Post service test




control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1691.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

step.
step.

1
2



1
3
2

1 2



remove it.
1


release it.

● J140, J141, and J143



Step 25: Remove the fuser motor (M4)

▲ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the motor.
2
1

Step 27: Install the fuser motor (M4)

▲ Position the motor on the printer, install three screws (callout 1), and then connect one connector
(callout 2).
1
2


with the chassis.

● J140, J141, and J143

(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2



1
2
2 1



on page 250.


on page 1747.

2 1

on page 1747.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1753.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.

assembly.


place.


Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the environmental sensor PCA
● Step 7: Install the environmental sensor PCA
● Step 9 Install the rear upper cover (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the environmental sensor printed circuit
assembly (PCA).

ESD sensitive part.
Environmental sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA) part number
RM2-7154-000CN Environmental sensor printed circuit assembly (PCA)
Required tools


Post service test

1
2

1
2
Remove the environmental sensor PCA on page 1768.
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2

Remove the environmental sensor PCA on page 1768.

Step 5: Remove the environmental sensor PCA
remove it.

3. Slide the environmental sensor PCA out of the holder to remove it.
Figure 1-3139 Remove the sensor

Step 7: Install the environmental sensor PCA
1. Slide the environmental sensor PCA into the holder to install it.
Figure 1-3141 Install the sensor

3. Position the LVPS cover on the chassis, slide the cover to the left to install it, and then install two screws
(callout 1).


Step 9 Install the rear upper cover (M577)

2 1
3

2 3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Fuser drive assembly
● Introduction

● Step 30: Remove the fuser drive assembly
● Step 32: Install the fuser drive assembly

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fuser drive assembly.
NOTE: The fuser drive assembly includes the fuser motor (M4).

Fuser drive assembly part number
RM2-0091-000CN Fuser drive assembly (M553n)
RM2-0009-000CN Fuser drive assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577)
Required tools
it.

Post service test
Use the components test to test the (fuser) motor. For more information, see the printer troubleshooting
manual.






control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1797.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.
Remove the top rear cover (M577) on page 1812.

1
2
step.

step.

1
2





cover.


1
3
2

NOTE: Tis step is for the M552 and M553 models. For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 26:

1 2


remove it.


release it.

● J140, J141, and J143



Step 30: Remove the fuser drive assembly
1. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the guide to release it (callout 2), and then rotate the guide up and
away from the chassis to move it out of the way (callout 3).
CAUTION: One wire harnesses in the guide is still attached to the fuser motor. Do not attempt to
completely remove the guide.

Figure 1-3248 Move the guide out of the way
2 1
3

4. Release one tab (callout 1), slide the guide down to release it (callout 2), and then rotate the guide away
from the chassis to remove it (callout 3).
1
2

6. Remove the assembly.
CAUTION: Two gears on the back side of the assembly are not captive. Handle the assembly carefully.

CAUTION: Two gears (callout 1) on the back side of the assembly are not captive. Handle the assembly
carefully.
Step 32: Install the fuser drive assembly
1. Two gears (callout 1) on the back side of the assembly are not captive. If the gears are dislodged, install
them as shown.
CAUTION: Handle the assembly carefully.

Figure 1-3255 Check the gears on the assembly
2. Position the assembly on the chassis, and then install three screws (callout 1).

3. Position the guide on the chassis (callout 1), slide the guide up to engage it (callout 2), and then verify
that the tab (callout 1) snaps into place.
3
2

6. Rotate the guide down and onto the chassis (callout 1), slide the guide to engage it (callout 2), and then
make sure that the tab (callout 3) snaps into place.
CAUTION: Do not dislodge the fuser motor connector when installing the guide.


with the chassis.

● J140, J141, and J143

(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2







1
2

2 1


the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) (M577) on page 1858.
on page 1870.


on page 250.


on page 1870.

2 1

on page 1870.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 1876.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.

assembly.


place.




Removal and replacement: Duplex drive assembly and motor
● Introduction
● Step 27: Remove the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)

● Step 34: Remove the delivery assembly
● Step 35: Remove the duplex drive assembly and motor
● Step 37: Install the duplex drive assembly and motor
● Step 38: Install the delivery assembly
● Step 45: Install the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the duplex drive assembly.
NOTE: The duplex drive assembly includes the duplex-drive motor (M8).

Duplex drive assembly part number
RM2-0006-000CN Duplex drive assembly
Required tools

it.

Post service test
Use the components test to test the (duplex) motor. For more information, see the printer troubleshooting
manual.

problems.


the assembly.
1
2



quality problems.




control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
on page 1912.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

1
2
step.

step.

1
2





cover.


1
3
2


1 2

Step 27: Remove the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)
NOTE: This step is for the M553n/dn and M552dn models. For the M553x and M577 models, skip this step
and go to Step 28: Remove the output bin on page 1939.

1
3

side.
control panel.
1



remove it.
1


release it.

NOTE: Some of the connectors shown in this procedure might already be disconnected. Disconnect all
remaing connectors to remove the DC controller.
● J140, J141, and J143



2 1
3


1
2

Step 34: Remove the delivery assembly

2. M553x only: At the top-front-right corner of the printer, disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove
one screw (callout 2), and then remove the near field communication (NFC) PCA and holder by sliding
them to the right (callout 3).
3
2
3. Release two retainers (callout 1), remove the USB cable (callout 2) from the retainers, and then
disconnect one connector (callout 3).
Figure 1-3473 Release two retainers and disconnect one connector


5. Remove the delivery assembly.
NOTE: The solenoid plunger and arm (callout 1) located on the right side of the assembly are not
captive. Do not lose the plunger and arm when handling the assembly.
Step 35: Remove the duplex drive assembly and motor

2. Remove the duplex drive assembly.
NOTE: Feed two wire harnesses through the opening in the chassis as the assembly is removed.
Figure 1-3477 Remove the duplex drive assembly

Step 37: Install the duplex drive assembly and motor
1. Install the duplex drive assembly in the printer.
NOTE: Feed two wire harnesses through the opening in the chassis as the assembly is installed.
Make sure that the assembly is tight up against the sheet metal chassis. There should be no gaps
between the assembly and the chassis.
Figure 1-3479 Install the duplex drive assembly

Step 38: Install the delivery assembly
1. Position the delivery assembly on the printer—make sure that the solenoid plunger is placed into the
solenoid when the assembly is installed.

3. Connect one connector (callout 1), and then place the USB cable (callout 2) in the retainers (callout 3).

4. M553x only: At the top-front-right corner of the printer, install the tab on the NFC PCA holder (callout 1)
in the slot (callout 2) in the chassis.
Figure 1-3484 Install the PCA holder
5. M553x only: Rotate the NFC PCA holder down (callout 1) to install it, and then install one screw
(callout 2).

6. M553x only: Connect one connector (callout 1) on the NFC PCA.
them as shown.


3
2



NOTE: Some of the connectors shown in this procedure might be connected in subsequent steps as other
assemblie are reinstalled. Connect all availalbe connectors to install the DC controller now.
with the chassis.

● J140, J141, and J143

(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1


chassis.
Step 45: Install the control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn only)
NOTE: This step is for the M553n/dn and M552dn models. For the M553x model, skip this step and go to
Step 46: Install the upper cover (M552 and M553) on page 1976.
For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 47: Install the left cover on page 1978.


1
2


(callout 2).


snaps into place.
3
2







1
2
2 1


on page 2001.


on page 250.


on page 2001.

2 1

on page 2001.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 2007.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.

assembly.


place.

problems.
1. Handle the ITB by the edges. Do not touch the grey-plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints on the belt can
cause print-quality problems.




1
2



Removal and replacement: Pickup drive assembly and motor (M5)
● Introduction
● Step 26: Remove the pickup drive assembly and motor (M5)
● Step 28: Install the pickup drive assembly and motor (M5)

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the pickup drive assembly and pickup motor
(M8).

Pickup drive assembly and motor (M5) part number
RM2-0008-000CN Pickup drive assembly and motor (M5)
Required tools

Post service test
Use the components test to test the (pickup) motor. For more information, see the printer troubleshooting
manual.

2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2


NOTE: For the M553n/dn and M552dn models, skip this step and go to Step 5: Remove the formatter (M552
For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 6: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD) (M577)
on page 2033.


control panel.

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

1 2
on page 2038.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

step.
step.

1
2

1
3
2


1 2

release it.


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
2



(callout 3).

● J140, J141, and J143
Step 26: Remove the pickup drive assembly and motor (M5)
1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then move the guide (callout 2) out of the way.


CAUTION: One gear on the back side of the assembly is not captive. Handle the assembly carefully.
4. If the gear (callout 1) was not removed with the assembly in the previous step, remove it now.
Figure 1-3694 Remove the gear if installed

CAUTION: One gear (callout 1) on the back side of the assembly is not captive. Handle the assembly
carefully.
Step 28: Install the pickup drive assembly and motor (M5)
1. Before installing the assembly, check to see if a gap exists (callout 1) between the gears.
NOTE: If no gap exists, go to step 3 in this section.

Figure 1-3696 Check the gears for a gap
2. Adjust the gears on the assembly to remove the gap (callout 1).
Figure 1-3697 Adjust the gears

3. Align the tabs on the pickup drive assembly with the slots in the chassis, and then install the assembly
on the printer.
IMPORTANT: The figure below shows the large gear of the assembly already installed on the printer
chassis. However it is easier to install the pickup drive assembly if the gear is installed on the assembly.
TIP: With the right door open, look into the printer and verify that the mounting bracket for the
assembly is correctly installed against the chassis.

5. Install the guide (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) snaps into place.
with the chassis.
● J140, J141, and J143




1

1
2 1

1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

(callout 2).


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2

1
2

2 1


on page 250.



on page 2105.
2 1

on page 2105.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 2111.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)
For the M577 models, skip this step and go to Step 52: Install the formatter cover on page 2116.

assembly.


place.



2 3
1


Removal and replacement: Registration assembly
● Introduction

● Step 30: Remove the registration assembly
● Step 32: Install the registration assembly

● Step 61: Install the secondary transfer roller assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the registration assembly.

Registration assembly part number
RM2-0093-000CN Registration assembly (M553n)
RM20018-000CN Registration assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577)
Required tools
it.

Post service test

position.
in the blue arm.

pin.

problems.

the assembly.

1
2


quality problems.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2


on page 2138.


control panel.

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

1 2
on page 2143.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

step.
step.

1
2

1
3
2


1 2

release it.


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
2



(callout 3).

● J140, J141, and J143


Step 30: Remove the registration assembly
1. At the right side of the printer, release one tab (callout 1).


3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then push down on the guide (callout 2) to release it.
Figure 1-3894 Release the guide
4. Move the guide out of the way.

6. Before proceeding, locate the sheet metal portion (callout 1) of the assembly. When handling the
assembly, use the sheet metal as handles.
Figure 1-3897 Locate the sheet metal potion of the assembly

7. Before proceeding, take note of the sheet-metal tabs (callout 1) on the back of the assembly—the figure
shows the assembly removed so the tabs can be viewed—that fasten it to the chassis.
Figure 1-3898 Take note of the sheet-metal tabs
8. Grasp the sheet-metal handles (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the assembly away from the
chassis (callout 2) to release the top tabs.
Figure 1-3899 Rotate the top of the assembly away from the chassis
2 1
1 2

9. Pull up on the assembly to release the bottom tabs.
CAUTION: The assembly is still attached to the printer by a wire harness. Do not attempt to completely
remove the assembly.
Figure 1-3900 Release the bottom tabs
10. Turn the registration assembly over to access the back side, disconnect three connectors (callout 1), and
then remove the assembly.

Step 32: Install the registration assembly
1. Turn the registration assembly over to access the back side, and then connect three connectors
(callout 1).

2. Align the tabs on the assembly with the slots in the chassis.
Figure 1-3904 Align the tabs on the assembly with the slots
3. Position the bottom tabs in the appropriate slots, and then push down on the assembly to engage them.
Figure 1-3905 Install the bottom tabs

4. Grasp the sheet-metal handles (callout 1) to rotate the top of the assembly toward the chassis
(callout 2) to install the top tabs.
Figure 1-3906 Install the top tabs
1
1
2
2

6. Position the guide on the chassis.
Figure 1-3908 Position the guide on the product
7. Slide the guide up to install it (callout 1), and then make sure that the tab (callout 2) snaps into place.
1
2

Figure 1-3910 Position the cover on the product
9. Install the cover, and then make sure that the tab (callout 1) snaps into place.


on the printer.

with the chassis.
● J140, J141, and J143




1

1
2 1

1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

(callout 2).


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2

1
2

2 1


on page 250.



on page 2219.
2 1

on page 2219.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 2225.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

assembly.


place.



2 3
1


2. Close the tray.
problems.




1
2

Step 61: Install the secondary transfer roller assembly

1
2


Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly
● Introduction

● Step 31: Remove the paper pickup assembly
● Step 33: Install the paper pickup assembly

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the paper pickup assembly.

Paper pickup assembly part number
RM2-0017-000CN Paper pickup assembly (includes the Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly)
Required tools
it.

Post service test

position.
in the blue arm.

pin.

problems.

the assembly.

1
2


quality problems.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2


on page 2260.


control panel.

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

1 2
on page 2265.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

step.
step.

1
2

1
3
2


1 2

release it.


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
2



(callout 3).

● J140, J141, and J143






2 1
1 2

Step 31: Remove the paper pickup assembly
1. At the right side of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

2. Slightly separate the left end of the assembly from the chassis to release it.
Figure 1-4134 Release the left end of the assembly

3. Slide the assembly to the left (callout 1), and then continue to rotate the left end of it out and away form
the chassis (callout 2).
Figure 1-4135 Slide the assembly to the left
2 1

5. Turn the paper pickup assembly over to access the back side, release one connector (callout 1), release
the wire harness from the guide (callout 2), and then release it from the retainer (callout 3).
6. On the paper pickup assembly, slide the tray pickup roller assembly to the left to compress the spring
loaded shaft (callout 1), and then rotate the right end of the roller assembly up and away from the
pickup assembly (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-4138 Remove the tray pickup roller assembly

7. Locate the feed bushing (callout 1).
Figure 1-4139 Locate the feed bushing
8. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab on the bushing (callout 1), and then rotate the
bushing clockwise (callout 2).
Figure 1-4140 Release one tab and rotate the bushing
1 2

9. Lift the bushing (callout 1) off of the shaft.
Figure 1-4141 Remove the bushing
10. At the end of the paper pickup assembly, slide the shaft with the gear on the end (callout 1) slightly out
of the assembly.
NOTE: Try not to remove the grease from the gear when handling the shaft and gear.
Figure 1-4142 Slide the shaft out

11. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the gear (callout 2) off of the shaft.
NOTE: Try not to remove the grease from the gear when handling it.
TIP: Set the gear aside for installation on the replacement paper pickup assembly.
Figure 1-4143 Remove the gear

Step 33: Install the paper pickup assembly
1. On the replacement paper pickup assembly, slide the tray pickup roller assembly to the left to compress
the spring loaded shaft (callout 1), and then rotate the right end of the roller assembly up and away
from the pickup assembly (callout 2) to remove it.
Figure 1-4145 Remove the tray pickup roller assembly
2. Locate the feed bushing (callout 1).
Figure 1-4146 Locate the feed bushing

3. Use a small, flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab on the bushing (callout 1), and then rotate the
bushing clockwise (callout 2).
Figure 1-4147 Release one tab and rotate the bushing
1 2
4. Lift the bushing (callout 1) off of the shaft.
Figure 1-4148 Remove the bushing

5. At the end of the paper pickup assembly, slide the shaft (callout 1) slightly out of the assembly.
Figure 1-4149 Slide the shaft out
6. Position the gear (callout 1) removed from the discarded paper pickup assembly on the shaft (callout 2)
of the replacement pickup assembly.
NOTE: The hole in the center of the gear is keyed to match the end of the shaft.
NOTE: Try not to remove the grease from the gear when handling it.
Figure 1-4150 Position the gear
2 1

7. Slide the gear (callout 1) onto the shaft. Make sure that the tab (callout 2) snaps into place.
Figure 1-4151 Install the gear
8. Slide the shaft into the paper pickup assembly.
Figure 1-4152 Install the shaft

9. Make sure that the ridge on the shaft (callout 1) fits into the slot (callout 2) in the paper pickup
assembly.
TIP: Hold the shaft in place with one finger while installing the feed bushing in the next step.
Figure 1-4153 Check shaft alignment
10. Position the feed bushing (callout 1) over the end of the shaft (callout 2). Align the ridge (callout 3) on
the bushing with the opening (callout 4) in the paper pickup assembly.
Figure 1-4154 Position the feed bushing
3 1
2
4

11. Press down on the bushing (callout 1) while rotating it counterclockwise (callout 2) until the tab
(callout 3) fits into the slot (callout 4).
Figure 1-4155 Install the feed bushing
2
4
1
3
12. Before proceeding, check to make sure that the ridge on the shaft is still positioned in the slot in the
pickup assembly (callout 1). If the shaft is not positioned correctly, remove the feed bushing and
reinstall the shaft in the correct position.
Figure 1-4156 Check shaft alignment

13. Position the roller assembly in the paper pickup assembly so that the hole (callout 1) in the roller
assembly fits over the shaft (callout 2) on the pickup assembly and the tab (callout 3) on the roller
assembly fits over the hook (callout 4) in the pickup assembly.
Figure 1-4157 Position the roller assembly
1
3
4
2
14. Slide the roller assembly to the left (callout 1) to compress the spring-loaded shaft. Rotate the roller
assembly toward the pickup assembly (callout 2), making sure that the collar on the roller (callout 3) fits
over the shaft on the pickup assembly (callout 4).
2
1 3

15. Carefully release the spring-loaded shaft with the roller assembly in place.
Figure 1-4159 Release the spring loaded shaft
16. When the paper pickup assembly is installed, the right end must be correctly engaged with the drive
gear (callout 1) or the assembly will not be able to be correctly installed.

17. Turn the paper pickup assembly over to access the back side, connect one connector (callout 1), position
the wire harness in the guide (callout 2), and then secure it in the retainer (callout 3).
18. Position the right end of the assembly in the printer at a slight angle and engaged with the drive gear.
NOTE: The right end of the assembly must be correctly engaged with the drive gear or the assembly
will not be able to be correctly installed.
Figure 1-4162 Position the assembly in the product

19. Slide the assembly to the right (callout 1), and then to rotate the left end of it toward the chassis
(callout 2).
Figure 1-4163 Slide the assembly to the right
20. Continue to rotate the left end of the assembly toward the chassis to install it.

(callout 1).


1
1
2
2

1
2



on the printer.

with the chassis.
● J140, J141, and J143




1

1
2 1

1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

(callout 2).


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2

1
2

2 1


on page 250.



on page 2357.
2 1

on page 2357.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 2363.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

assembly.


place.



2 3
1


2. Close the tray.
problems.




1
2


1
2


Removal and replacement: Density-detect assembly
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the secondary transfer roller assembly
● Step 19: Remove the right upper cover (M577dn)

● Step 31: Remove the density-detect assembly
● Step 33: Install the density-detect assembly

Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the registration density-detect assembly.

Density-detect assembly part number
RM2-7160-000CN Density-detect assembly
Required tools
it.
Use the Device Maintenance menu to perform a Full Calibration. For more information, see the printer
troubleshooting manual.


Post service test
Use the Troubleshooting menu to perform a Color Band Test. For more information, see the printer
Step 1: Remove the secondary transfer roller assembly

position.
in the blue arm.
pin.

problems.


the assembly.
1
2



quality problems.


2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2


on page 2399.


control panel.

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

1 2
on page 2404.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2



2
1

2
1
Remove the right upper cover (M577dn) on page 2416.





case.
Step 19: Remove the right upper cover (M577dn)

step.
step.

1
2

1
3
2


1 2

release it.


remove it.


in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
2



(callout 3).

● J140, J141, and J143






2 1
1 2

Step 31: Remove the density-detect assembly

2. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).
4. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the density-detect assembly (callout 2).
CAUTION: When handling the assembly, take care not to wipe any of the grease off of the gears on the back
side of the assembly.

Step 33: Install the density-detect assembly
1. Position the density-detect assembly on the printer (callout 1), and then install two screws (callout 2).

2. Install the cover (callout 1) on the printer, and then install one screw (callout 2).
3. Install the cover (callout 1), and then make sure that two tabs (callout 2) snap into place.

(callout 1).


1
1
2
2

1
2



on the printer.

with the chassis.
● J140, J141, and J143




1

1
2 1

1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1

(callout 2).


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2

1
2

2 1


on page 250.



on page 2484.
2 1

on page 2484.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

on page 2490.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)

assembly.


place.



2 3
1


2. Close the tray.
problems.




1
2


1
2


Removal and replacement: Main drive assembly
● Introduction

● Step 36: Remove the main-drive assembly
● Step 38: Install the main-drive assembly

● Step 74: Calibrate the printer
● Step 75: Perform a color band test
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the main-drive assembly.
ESD sensitive part.
IMPORTANT: Some figures might show assemblies removed or installed that have not yet been removed or
installed at that specific step. However, the procedures are correct for this printer and the target assembly.
Always thoroughly read the instructions that accompany each figure.
NOTE: HP does not recommend that this procedure be performed at the customer's location. This procedure
can take two hours to complete.

IMPORTANT: If the toner cartridges have not already been removed prior to servicing the printer, remove
them now.
The toner cartridges are sensitive to strong light. Set them aside and cover them with paper to protect them.

Main-drive assembly part number
B5L25-67902 Main-drive assembly with instruction guide
Required tools
it. For more information, see the printer troubleshooting manual.
Reinstall the toner cartridges.
Use the Device Maintenance menu to perform a Full Calibration. For more information, see the printer

Post service test



problems.

the assembly.
1
2



quality problems.



control panel.



2. Open the TCU.

fabric.

1
2

screws.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J57
installed)


1 2
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577dn model, skip this step and go to Step 11:
on page 2531.

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)


1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2









case.

1
2
step.

step.

1
2





cover.


1
3
2


1 2


remove it.


release it.

in the chassis.

1
2

1



1
2



(callout 3).

● J140, J141, and J143



2 1
3

1
2

Step 36: Remove the main-drive assembly
IMPORTANT: If the toner cartridges have not already been removed prior to servicing the product, remove
them now.
The toner cartridges are sensitive to strong light. Set them aside and cover them with paper to protect them.
1. At the rear side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

2. Release one tab (callout 1), push down on the cover (callout 2), and then rotate the cover away
(callout 3) from the printer to remove it.
1
2

3. Release the wire harnesses from the guides (callout 1).
4. At the top of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1).

5. Release the wire harnesses (callout 1) from the retainers (callout 2).
6. At the left side of the printer, disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the wire harnesses
from the retainers (callout 2).

7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then push up on the guide (callout 2) to release it.

9. Release one wire harness (callout 1) from the retainer.
Figure 1-4650 Release one wire harness
10. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then pull down on the guide (callout 2) to release it.

12. Remove seven screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-4653 Remove seven screws

13. Carefully remove the main-drive assembly.
Figure 1-4654 Remove the main-drive assembly

Check the main drive cam alignment
The cams on the back side of the assembly must be correctly aligned before the replacement assembly is
installed.
1. Locate the 4 gears and cams (callouts 1-4) on the back side of the assembly.
Figure 1-4656 Main drive gear and cam locations
1 2 3 4

2. Verify the alignment of the holes in the 4 gears with the holes in the assembly chassis as shown.
TIP: Rotate the shaft under the gears to change the alignment if necessary.
Figure 1-4657 Main drive gear and cam alignment
1 2
1 2 3 4
3 4
Step 38: Install the main-drive assembly
1. Before proceeding, make sure that the blue ITB drive handle is in the locked (callout 1; pushed in)
position on the replacement main-drive assembly.

NOTE: If the drive handle is in the unlocked (callout 2; pulled out) position it will be difficult to install
assembly.
Figure 1-4658 Check the blue ITB drive handle
2. With the front door in the closed position, carefully position the replacement main-drive assembly on
the printer.
CAUTION: When handling the assembly, take care not to wipe any of the grease off of the gears on the
back side of the assembly.
TIP: Place the bottom of the assembly on the printer first, and then rotate the top of the assembly
onto the printer.
Make sure that the entire assembly fits flush up against the chassis.
Figure 1-4659 Install the main-drive assembly

3. Install seven screws (callout 1).
Figure 1-4660 Install seven screws
4. To verify that the assembly is correctly fastened to the chassis, open and close the front door while
observing the cartridge drive gears (callout 1). The gears must freely move in and out when the door is
opened and closed.
NOTE: If the gears do not move freely, remove the assembly, reposition it on the chassis, and then
verify that the gears move freely.
Figure 1-4661 Verify that the assembly is correctly fastened

5. Position the guide on the assembly, push up to install it, and then make sure that the two tabs (callout 1)
snap into place.
6. Install one wire harness (callout 1) on the retainer.
Figure 1-4663 Install one wire harness

7. Position the guide on the assembly, push up to install it, and then make sure that the two tabs (callout 1)
snap into place.
8. At the left side of the printer, connect one connector (callout 1), and then install the wire harnesses in
the retainers (callout 2).

9. At the top of the printer, install the wire harnesses (callout 1) in the retainers (callout 2).
Figure 1-4666 Install the wire harnesses

11. Install the wire harnesses in the guides (callout 1).
Figure 1-4668 Install the wire harnesses
12. At the rear side of the printer do the following:
a. Position the right edge of the cover on the printer.
b. Rotate the left edge of the cover toward (callout 1) the printer to install it.
c. Push up on the cover (callout 2) to engage it.
d. Make sure that one tab (callout 3) snaps into place

them as shown.

3
2




with the chassis.
● J140, J141, and J143




1

1
2 1

1 2

2
1

on the LVPS.

1
(callout 2).

(callout 2).


1 2

(callout 1).
1
2 1

2 1


(callout 2).

snaps into place.
3
2







1
2

2 1


on page 2633.


on page 250.


on page 2633.

2 1

on page 2633.

2
1
2
1


2
1



2 1
3

2 3

2
1

● All models: J3
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24
● All models: J51
● All models: J57
● All models: J97
installed)

NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577nn model, skip this step and go to Step 65: Install
on page 2639.
case.

1
3
4
2 1

1 2
3

reinstalled.
installed)
● All models: J23
● All models: J24

● All models: J57
installed)


2 3
1


2. Close the tray.

assembly.


place.

problems.
1. Handle the replacement ITB by the edges. Do not touch the grey-plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints
on the belt can cause print-quality problems.



1
2



Step 74: Calibrate the printer
Calibrate the printer from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Device Maintenance button.
● Calibration/Cleaning
3. Touch Full Calibrate or Quick Calibrate to start the calibration process.
4. Wait while the printer calibrates, and then try printing again.
Calibrate the printer from an LCD control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the down arrow button to scroll to Device
Maintenance, and then press the OK button.
2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to Calibration/Cleaning, and then press the OK button.
3. If necessary, use the down arrow button to scroll to Full Calibrate or Quick Calibrate, and then press
the OK button to start the calibration process.
4. Wait while the printer calibrates, and then try printing again.
Step 75: Perform a color band test
Access the color band test from a touchscreen control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

● Troubleshooting
● Print Quality Pages
● Color Band Test
3. Touch the Print Test page button, and then touch the Print button to print the pages.
Access the color band test from an LCD control panel
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the down arrow button to scroll to
Administration, and then press the OK button.
2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button to select it.
3. Use the down arrow button to scroll to Print Quality Pages, and then press the OK button to select it.
4. Use the down arrow button to scroll to Color Band Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder and image scanner assemblies (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Document feeder (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Image scanner (M577)

Removal and replacement: Document feeder (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the document feeder
● Step 6: Install the document feeder
● Step 10: Reset the firmware counter
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the M577 document feeder .

Document feeder (M577) part numbers
B5L47-67901 ADF whole unit kit (M577dn/f)
B5L47-67902 ADF whole unit kit (M577c/z)
Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver.


Post service test
Use the document feeder to make a copy to make sure that it is properly functioning.

1
2
screw holes.

(callout 2).
1
2


Step 4: Remove the document feeder
Reinstallation tip: This is a self-tapping screw for plastic. When reinstalling, rotate the screw in
reverse a few turns to align the threads before installing it. This will prevent stripping the threads inside
the hole in the plastic part.


3. Disconnect one flat cable (callout 1), remove one ground screw (callout 2) to release the grounding
cable, and then disconnect five connectors (callout 3).
Figure 1-4805 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors

5. Tilt the document feeder back until it stops (callout 1), and then lift it off of the scanner until it stops
(callout 2).
Figure 1-4807 Raise the document feeder
6. Support the document feeder, and then use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the
document feeder hinges.

7. Lift the document feeder up top remove it.
NOTE: While removing the document feeder, carefully pass the wire harnesses and the FFC through the
opening in the scanner.
Figure 1-4809 Remove the document feeder
Step 6: Install the document feeder
1. Pass the flat cable and wire harnesses on the replacement document feeder through the hole in the
scanner chassis (callout 1), and then align the hinges (callout 2) with the slots (callout 3) in the chassis.

Figure 1-4811 Install the document feeder
2. Continue to pass the flat cable and wire harnesses through the opening in the chassis (callout 1), and
then insert the hinges (callout 2) into the slots.
CAUTION: Do not damage the flat cable or wire harnesses when the cable guide (callout 1) is installed
in its slot.
Figure 1-4812 Lower the document feeder
1 2

3. Install the seven retention clips (supplied in this kit) in the document feeder. Position the clip (callout 1)
in the opening (callout 2) in the document feeder. Repeat this step for the remaining retention clips.
4. Press the clip to make sure it is securely installed. Repeat this step for the remaining retention clips.

5. Place the replacement white backing (supplied in this kit), on the flatbed scanner glass as shown.
6. Close the document feeder to attach the white backing.
Figure 1-4816 Attach the white backing


9. Connect one flat cable (callout 1), install the grounding cable behind one ground screw (callout 2), and
then connect five connectors (callout 3).
Figure 1-4819 Connect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors
10. Position the tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.
2 1

11. Rotate the cover toward the printer to install it.
IMPORTANT: This is a self-tapping screw for plastic. Rotate the screw in reverse a few turns to align
the threads before installing it. This will prevent stripping the threads inside the hole in the plastic part.

2
1


2 1
3


2 3
1

Step 10: Reset the firmware counter
1. From the Home screen on the control panel, scroll to and touch the Device Maintenance button.
2. Scroll to and touch the Service button.
3. On the sign-in screen, select the Service Access Code option from the drop-down list.
4. Enter the following service access code for this printer: 11057715.
5. Scroll to and touch the Cycle Counts Item.
6. Reset the following items:
● Document Feeder Kit Interval; set to zero
● ADF Count; set to zero

Removal and replacement: Scanner control board (SCB) (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the scanner control board (SCB)
● Step 5: Install the SCB
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the scanner control board (SCB) (M577).

Scanner control board (M577) part number
B5L47-67903 Scanner control board (M577) kit with instruction guide
Required tools
● No special tools are required for this assembly.

Post service test

1
2
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2
Step 3: Remove the scanner control board (SCB)
1. Disconnect all of the connectors (callout 1) from the SCB.
Reinstallation tip: There are eight wire-harness connectors, two flat cables, and one high-definition
multimedia interface (HDMI) cable connector.

Figure 1-4837 Disconnect all of the connectors
2. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1) from the formatter, and then release three black cables through
the opening (callout 2) in the formatter case.

4. Remove the cables (callout 1) from the guide (callout 2) , and then lower the SCB (callout 3) .
Figure 1-4840 Slide the SCB out

5. Rotate the SCB up and out of the printer. Make sure that the heat sink (callout 1) on the SCB does not get
caught on the edge of the sheet metal (callout 2).
Figure 1-4841 Remove the SCB
Step 5: Install the SCB
1. Align the slots on the SCB (callout 1) with the tabs (callout 2) inside the printer.

Figure 1-4843 Install the SCB
2. Slide the SCB into the printer until it stops. Make sure that the heat sink (callout 1) on the SCB does not
get caught on the edge of the sheet metal (callout 2).
Figure 1-4844 Slide the SCB in

3. Raise the SCB up (callout 1), and then install the cables (callout 2) in the guide (callout 3).
Figure 1-4845 Raise the SCB and install cables

5. Install three black cables through the opening in the formatter case (callout 1), and then connect three
connectors on the formatter (callout 2).
6. Connect all of the connectors (callout 1) to the SCB.


2 1
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Image scanner (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the white backing (M577)
● Step 3: Remove the keyboard (M577c/z)
● Step 4: Remove the control panel (M577)
● Step 11: Remove the document feeder (M577)
● Step 12: Remove the scanner control board (SCB) (M577)
● Step 13: Remove the image scanner assembly (M577)
● Step 15: Install the image scanner assembly (M577)
● Step 16: Install the scanner control board (M577)
● Step 17: Install the document feeder (M577)
● Step 24: Install the control panel (M577)
● Step 25: Install the keyboard (M577c/z)
● Step 26: Install the white backing (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the image scanner.


Image scanner part number
B5L46-67904 Image scanner whole unit kit with instruction guide
Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver.

Post service test
Print a configuration page, and then make a copy using the flatbed glass to make sure that it is properly
functioning.
Print a configuration page, and then make a copy using the document feeder to make sure that it is properly
functioning.

1
2
the cover.

Step 2: Remove the white backing (M577)
IMPORTANT: When a replacement image scanner is installed, the white backing on the document feeder
must be removed, and then a replacement white backing (supplied in the kit) must be installed.

2. One or more of the retention clips (callout 1) that fit in the openings (callout 2) in the document feeder
might remain attached to the white backing when it is removed. If this happens, remove the clip from
the white backing.
NOTE: If none of the retention clips remain attached to the white backing, skip the remaining sub-
steps in this removal procedure.
NOTE: If any of the retention clips or springs are damaged, replace them with the clips supplied in this
kit.

4. Install the clip (callout 1) in the opening (callout 2) in the document feeder.
5. Press the clip to make sure it is securely installed.
Step 3: Remove the keyboard (M577c/z)
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/z models. For the M577dn/f models, skip this step and go to Step 4:
Remove the control panel (M577) on page 2697.
1. Open the latch (callout 1) to release the keyboard flat cable.

Figure 1-4862 Disconnect the keyboard flat cable
2. Slide the keyboard tray out until it stops.
Figure 1-4863 Slide the keyboard out

3. Push up on the keyboard tray to release two tabs on the bottom of the tray, and then slide the tray
toward the front of the printer to disengage the tabs.
4. Slide the keyboard (callout 1) all of the way out of the printer to remove it.
Figure 1-4865 Remove the keyboard
Step 4: Remove the control panel (M577)
1. Disconnect one HDMI cable (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

1
2
2. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the holder.
M577z only: Disconnect one connector (callout 2).
2 1

4. Lift the front of the control panel off of the printer (callout 1), and then slide it towards the front of the
printer (callout 2) to remove it.

1
2

to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1
screw holes.


(callout 2).
1
2


NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model. For the M577c/f/z models, skip this step and go to Step 10:

Remove the document feeder (M577) on page 2709.


Step 11: Remove the document feeder (M577)


3. Disconnect one flat cable (callout 1), remove one ground screw (callout 2) to release the grounding
cable, and then disconnect all of the connectors (callout 3) on the scanner control board.
Figure 1-4892 Disconnect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors
1
2
4. Disconnect three connectors (callout 1) from the formatter, and then release three black cables through
the opening (callout 2) in the formatter case.

6. Tilt the document feeder back until it stops (callout 1), and then lift it off of the scanner until it stops
(callout 2).
Figure 1-4895 Raise the document feeder

7. Support the document feeder, and then use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs on the
document feeder hinges.
8. Lift the document feeder up to remove it.
NOTE: While removing the document feeder, carefully pass the wire harnesses and the flat cable
through the opening in the scanner.
Figure 1-4897 Remove the document feeder
Step 12: Remove the scanner control board (SCB) (M577)

2. Remove the cables (callout 1) from the guide (callout 2) , and then lower the SCB (callout 3) .
Figure 1-4899 Slide the SCB out

3. Rotate the SCB up and out of the printer. Make sure that the heat sink (callout 1) on the SCB does not get
caught on the edge of the sheet metal (callout 2).
Figure 1-4900 Remove the SCB
Step 13: Remove the image scanner assembly (M577)
1. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1) on the formatter, and then pass the wire harnesses and cables
through the top opening in the formatter case (callout 2).
Figure 1-4901 Disconnect cables and connectors

NOTE: The M577z is shown in the figure below. The procedure is correct for all M577 models.
3. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

5. Slide the image scanner toward the back of the printer to release it.
Figure 1-4905 Release the image scanner

6. Lift the image scanner straight up to remove it.
Figure 1-4906 Remove the image scanner

Step 15: Install the image scanner assembly (M577)
1. Before proceeding, locate the mounting pins (callout 1) on the bottom of the image scanner and the
slots (callout 2) on the printer base.
Figure 1-4908 Locate the image scanner mounting pins and slots
2. Position the image scanner on the printer base with the pins in the slots.
NOTE: To locate the pins and slots, see Figure 1-4908 Locate the image scanner mounting pins and
slots on page 2719.
Figure 1-4909 Install the image scanner

3. Slide the image scanner toward the front of the printer to engage it with the printer base.
Figure 1-4910 Engage the image scanner
4. At the left side of the printer, install 1 screw (callout 1).


7. Install the wire harnesses and cables through the opening in the top of the formatter cover (callout 1),
and then connect four connectors (callout 2).
8. M577dn and M577f only: Do the following:
a. Before proceeding, take note of mounting slots and tabs on the keyboard cover (supplied in the
kit).
Figure 1-4915 Keyboard cover mounting slots and tabs (M577dn and M577f)

b. Position the keyboard cover in the opening on the replacement image scanner, and then rotate it
until it snaps into place.
Figure 1-4916 Install the keyboard cover (M577dn and M577f)
c. Make sure that the cover is properly installed—the tabs snap into place and the slots snap over the
bosses.
Figure 1-4917 Check the keyboard cover (M577dn and M577f)
Step 16: Install the scanner control board (M577)
1. Align the slots on the SCB (callout 1) with the tabs (callout 2) inside the printer.

Figure 1-4918 Install the SCB
2. Slide the SCB into the printer until it stops. Make sure that the heat sink (callout 1) on the SCB does not
get caught on the edge of the sheet metal (callout 2).
Figure 1-4919 Slide the SCB in

3. Raise the SCB up (callout 1), and then install the cables (callout 2) in the guide (callout 3).
Figure 1-4920 Raise the SCB and install cables
Step 17: Install the document feeder (M577)
1. Pass the flat cable and wire harness on the replacement document feeder through the hole in the
scanner chassis (callout 1), and then align the hinges (callout 2) with the slots (callout 3) in the chassis.

Figure 1-4922 Install the document feeder
2. Continue to pass the flat cable and wire through the opening in the chassis (callout 1), and then insert
the hinges (callout 2) into the slots.
CAUTION: Do not damage the flat cable or wire harnesses when the cable guide (callout 1) is installed
in its slot.
Figure 1-4923 Lower the document feeder
1 2

4. Install three black cables through the opening in the formatter case (callout 1), and then connect three
connectors on the formatter (callout 2).

5. Connect one flat cable (callout 1), install the grounding cable behind one ground screw (callout 2), and
then connect all of the connectors (callout 3) on the scanner control board.
Figure 1-4926 Connect the flat cable, ground cable, and connectors
1
2
6. Position the tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the slots (callout 2) in the printer.
2 1

7. Rotate the cover toward the printer to install it.
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577dn model, skip this step and go to Step 19: Install
the right front upper cover (M577dn) on page 2731.

2 1

NOTE: This step is for the M577dn model. For the M577c/f/z models, skip this step and go to Step 20: Install
the left upper cover (M577) on page 2732.
2
1

2
1

2
1


2 1
3

NOTE: This step is for the M577c/f/z models. For the M577dn model, skip this step and go to Step 23: Install
the formatter cover on page 2738.
case.

1
3
4

2 1

2 3
1
Step 24: Install the control panel (M577)
1. Tilt the control panel away from the base plate.

Figure 1-4947 Open the control panel
2. Locate the four hooks on the printer and matching slots in the control-panel base (callout 1). The hooks
fit into the slots (callout 2) when the assembly is installed.
NOTE: Make sure that the grounding clip (callout 3) is on top of the assembly base when it is installed.
Figure 1-4948 Locate hooks and grounding clip

3. Position the rear edge of the control panel in the printer (callout 1), and then lower the front edge down
NOTE: If the control panel is difficult to install, make sure that the hooks, slots, and grounding clip are
correctly engaged. See Figure 1-138 Locate hooks and grounding clip on page 98.
Figure 1-4949 Install the control-panel
4. Install three screws (callout 1), making sure that the grounding clip is correctly installed (callout 2).

5. Connect one HDMI cable (callout 1), and one connector (callout 2).
1
2
6. Install the USB cable (callout 1) in the holder.
M577z only: Connect one connector (callout 2).
2 1

Step 25: Install the keyboard (M577c/z)
NOTE: This step is for the M577c/z models. For the M577dn/f models, skip this step and go to Step 26:
Install the white backing (M577) on page 2744.
1. Position the flat cable (callout 1) on the keyboard into the keyboard slot (callout 2).
Figure 1-4953 Install the flat cable through the slot
2
1
2. Slide the keyboard tray into the slot.
NOTE: Only slide the tray halfway into the opening. This makes connecting the cable in the next step
easier.
Figure 1-4954 Slide the keyboard into the slot

3. If the flat cable (callout 1) is not in the opening (callout 2) in the control panel base, carefully reach in
and thread the flat cable through the opening.
Figure 1-4955 Check the flat cable
4. Position the keyboard flat cable in the connector, and then close the connector latch.
NOTE: When the connector latch is closed and the cable is correctly installed, the white line on the
cable is parallel to the connector latch.
Figure 1-4956 Connect the flat cable

Step 26: Install the white backing (M577)
IMPORTANT: When a replacement image scanner is installed, the white backing on the document feeder
must be removed, and then a replacement white backing (supplied in the kit) must be installed.
1. Open the document feeder, and then place the replacement white backing on the flatbed scanner glass,
as shown.



Removal and replacement: Trays
● Removal and replacement: Tray 2
● Removal and replacement: Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5

Removal and replacement: Tray 2
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace Tray 2.
Tray 2 part number
RM2-0007-000CN Tray 2
Required tools
Make sure that Tray 2 is fully closed after replacing it.
Post service test



2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5.
Tray 3/4/5 part number
RM2-5150-000CN Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5
Required tools
Make sure that Tray 3/4/5 is fully closed after replacing it.
Post service test
Print a page from a host computer using the appropriate tray as the source tray.


TIP: As the tray slides into the accessory, lower the front of it.

2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Accessories
● Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet paper feeder
● Removal and replacement: Trusted platform module (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Trusted platform module (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Internal USB ports (M552 and M553)
● Removal and replacement: Internal USB ports (M577)
● Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (M577c/f/z)

Removal and replacement: 1x550-sheet paper feeder
NOTE: HP recommends removing the accessories from the product before servicing them.
● Removal and replacement: Rear cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Right door (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Right door hinge bracket (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Right-lower cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Right-door link (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Left cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: OP Drawer holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Switch button (SW12) (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Drawer connector holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Paper feed assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Feeder drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder rear cover.
Rear cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RC4-1792-000CN Rear cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Make sure that the rear cover is flush against the chassis after replacing it.
1. Release three tabs (callout 1).
Figure 1-4973 Release three tabs

2. Rotate the top of the cover away from the accessory (callout 1), and then lift it up to remove it
(callout 2).

1. Align the three mounting tabs (callout 1) on the cover with the slots in the chassis.
Figure 1-4976 Position the cover on the chassis
2. Position the cover on the accessory (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover up and onto the
chassis (callout 2) to install it.
2
1

3. Make sure that the three tabs (callout 1) snap into place.
Figure 1-4978 Check the three tabs

Removal and replacement: Right door (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder right door.
Right door (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RM2-5146-000CN Right door (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Make sure that the right door latches correctly when closed after replacing it.

(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

Figure 1-4981 Open the door
2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the door-hinge bracket away from the chassis (callout 2) to
release it.
Figure 1-4982 Release the hinge bracket
2
1

3. Remove the door-hinge bracket from the chassis.
CAUTION: The door is still attached to the accessory by the door link. Do not attempt to completely
remove the door.
The door hinge bracket is not captive. Do not lose it when handling the door.
Figure 1-4983 Remove the hinge bracket
4. Release the door link from the slot in the door to remove the right door.
Figure 1-4984 Release the door link

NOTE: If a replacement right door is installed, remove the right door hinge bracket from the discarded door,
and then install it on the replacement door.
1. Install the door link in the slot in the door to attach the door.
Figure 1-4986 Install the door link

2. Position the lower hinge hole on the door (callout 2) on the lower hinge pin (callout 2) on the right-lower
cover.
Figure 1-4987 Position the door on the lower hinge
1 2
3. Align the pin of the door-hinge bracket (callout 1) with the hole in the chassis, and then align the
mounting tabs (callout 2 and callout 3) with the slots in the chassis.
Figure 1-4988 Engage the hinge bracket
1
2

4. Push in on the door-hinge bracket (callout 1), and then slide it toward the chassis (callout 2) to install it.
Figure 1-4989 Install the hinge bracket
5. Close the door.
Figure 1-4990 Close the door

2
1


Removal and replacement: Right door hinge bracket (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the right door hinge bracket
● Step 5: Install the right door hinge bracket
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder right door hinge
bracket.
Right door hinge bracket (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RC4-1781-000CN Right door hinge bracket (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools

(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

release it.
2
1

remove the door.
Step 3: Remove the right door hinge bracket

▲ Separate the right door hinge bracket form the door to remove it.

Step 5: Install the right door hinge bracket

▲ Install the right door hinge bracket on the door as shown.


cover.
1 2
1
2

5. Close the door.

2
1


Removal and replacement: Right-lower cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the right-lower cover
● Step 4: Remove the right-door link
● Step 6: Install the right-door link
● Step 7: Install the right-lower cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet right-lower cover.
Right-lower cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RC4-1793-000CN Right-lower cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools

(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

release it.
2
1

remove the door.
Step 3: Remove the right-lower cover
1. Before proceeding, take note of the location of the three mounting tabs on the back side of the cover.

Figure 1-5017 Cover mounting tabs
2. Partially open the tray, slightly flex the end of the cover away from the accessory (callout 1), and then
slide it towards the front of the accessory (callout 2) to release it.
CAUTION: The three mounting tabs on the back side of the cover are easily damaged. Do not over flex
the end of the cover when it is released. Push in on the middle tab to protect it when removing the cover.
2
1

3. Remove the right-lower cover.
Figure 1-5019 Remove the right-lower cover
Step 4: Remove the right-door link

▲ Rotate the door link to align the keyed end of the link to pass through the keyed potion of the right-
lower cover to remove it.
Figure 1-5020 Remove the right-door link

Step 6: Install the right-door link

lower cover to install it.
Step 7: Install the right-lower cover

2. Align the three mounting tabs on the back side of the cover with the slots in the chassis.
Figure 1-5024 Install the right-lower cover

3. Press in on the middle tab (callout 1), slightly flex the end of the cover away from the accessory, and
then slide it towards the rear of the accessory (callout 2) to engage the tabs with the slots.
the end of the cover when it is installed.
4. Verify that the end of the cover near the tray is correctly engaged with the chassis after installing the
cover.
Figure 1-5026 Check the cover

cover.
1 2

1
2

5. Close the door.

2
1

Removal and replacement: Right-door link (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the right-lower cover
● Step 4: Remove the right-door link
● Step 6: Install the right-door link
● Step 7: Install the right-lower cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet right-door link.
Right-door link (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RC4-1778-000CN Right-door link (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools

(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

release it.
2
1

remove the door.
Step 3: Remove the right-lower cover

2
1

Step 4: Remove the right-door link

lower cover to remove it.

Step 6: Install the right-door link

lower cover to install it.
Step 7: Install the right-lower cover


cover.

cover.
1 2

1
2

5. Close the door.

2
1

Removal and replacement: Left cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder left cover.
Left cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RC4-1791-000CN Left cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Make sure that the left cover is flush against the chassis after replacing it.
1. Partially pull the tray out of the accessory, and then release three tabs (callout 1).

2. Rotate the top of the cover away from the accessory (callout 1), and then lift up the cover to remove it
(callout 2).

2. Place the bottom of the cover in position (callout 1), and then rotate the top of the cover up and onto
the chassis (callout 2) to install it.


Removal and replacement: OP Drawer holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the OP drawer holder
● Step 4: Install the OP drawer holder
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder OP drawer
holder.
OP drawer holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RC4-0445-000CN OIP drawer holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Post service test

(callout 2).
Step 2: Remove the OP drawer holder

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the OP drawer holder as shown
(callout 3) to remove it.
Figure 1-5068 Remove the drawer holder
2 1

Step 4: Install the OP drawer holder
1. Position the OP drawer holder on the chassis and slide it as shown (callout 1) to install it, and then install
one screw (callout 2). The tab (callout 3) on the holder fits into a slot in the chassis.
NOTE: Remove the drawer connector from the holder, and install it in the replacement drawer holder.
Figure 1-5070 Install the drawer holder
2
3


2
1

Removal and replacement: Auto close assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the auto close assembly
● Step 5: Install the auto close assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder auto close
assembly.
Right door hinge (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RM2-5147-000CN Auto close assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Post service test


(callout 2).
Step 3: Remove the auto close assembly
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1; J903), and then release the wire harness from the retainer
(callout 2).


3. Lift up on the assembly to release it.
Figure 1-5081 Release the assembly
4. Remove the auto close assembly.

Step 5: Install the auto close assembly

1. Position the auto close assembly in the hole in the chassis.

2. Push down on the assembly to engage it.
Figure 1-5085 Engage the assembly

4. Install the wire harness in the retainer (callout 1) , and then connect one connector (callout 2; J903).

2
1

2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Switch button (SW12) (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the switch button (SW12)
● Step 5: Install the switch button (SW12)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder switch button
(SW12).
Switch button (SW12) (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
WC2-5806-000CN Switch button (SW12) (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Post service test


(callout 2).
Step 3: Remove the switch button (SW12)

2. Squeeze two tabs to release them, and then push the switch through the opening in the chassis into the
tray cavity.
Figure 1-5098 Squeeze two tabs

3. Remove the switch button (SW12).
Figure 1-5099 Remove the switch button (SW12)
Step 5: Install the switch button (SW12)
1. From inside the tray cavity, push the switch through the opening in the chassis.
NOTE: Orientate the switch button (SW12) with the contact pins face up.

Figure 1-5101 Install the switch button (SW12)
2. Make sure that the two tabs snap into place.
Figure 1-5102 Install the switch button (SW12)


2
1

2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Drawer connector holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the drawer connector holder
● Step 4: Install the drawer connector holder
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder drawer
connector holder.
Drawer connector holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RC4-1741-000CN Drawer connector holder (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Post service test

(callout 2).
Step 2: Remove the drawer connector holder
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1; J901).

2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the drawer connector holder as shown (callout 2) to release it.

3. Remove the drawer connector holder.
Figure 1-5113 Remove the tray connector
Step 4: Install the drawer connector holder
1. Position the drawer connector holder on the chassis.
NOTE: Make sure that the wire harness (callout 1) was transferred from the discarded assembly to the
replacement assembly.

Figure 1-5115 Place the tray connector on the accessory
2. Slide the drawer connector holder as shown (callout 1) to install it, and then make sure that one tab
(callout 2) snaps into place .
Figure 1-5116 Install the tray connector

3. Connect one connector (callout 1; J901).

2
1

Removal and replacement: Paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the paper-feeder drive PCA
● Step 4: Install the paper-feeder-drive PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder paper-feeder
drive PCA.
ESD sensitive part.
Paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RM2-7139-000CN Paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Make sure that all of the connectors on the paper-feeder drive PCA are fully seated after replacing it.
Post service test

(callout 2).
Step 2: Remove the paper-feeder drive PCA
1. Disconnect 5 connectors (callout 1).
● J908

Figure 1-5123 Disconnect all of the connectors
2. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the paper-feeder drive PCA (callout 2).

Step 4: Install the paper-feeder-drive PCA
1. Position the paper-feeder drive PCA (callout 1) in the chassis, and then install two screws (callout 2).
Figure 1-5126 Install the PCA
2. Connect 5 connectors (callout 1).
● J908


2
1

Removal and replacement: Paper feed assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the paper feed assembly
● Step 7: Install the paper feed assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder paper feed
assembly.
Paper feed assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RM2-5145-000CN Paper feed assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools
Make sure that the tray is fully closed after replacing it.
Post service test


(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

release it.
2
1

remove the door.


Step 5: Remove the paper feed assembly

2. Remove the sheet-metal plate.
Figure 1-5143 Remove the sheet-metal plate
3. Release the green jam handle (callout 1), and then rotate the paper feed guide down (callout 2) and out
of the way.
Figure 1-5144 Release the paper feed guide

4. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the cover (callout 3).
3
1 2

6. Remove two springs (callout 1).
Figure 1-5147 Remove two springs

8. Slightly raise the tray end of the assembly, and then release two alignment pins (callout 1).
Figure 1-5149 Release two alignment pins
9. Release one tab on the gear (callout 1), slide the assembly away (callout 2) from the lifter drive
assembly to release the shaft from the gear, and then remove the paper feed assembly.
Figure 1-5150 Remove the paper feed assembly

Step 7: Install the paper feed assembly

1. Be careful when handling the assembly. The left side flag (callout 1) is easily dislodged.
Figure 1-5152 Left side flag

2. Insert the keyed end of the shaft (callout 1) into the gear (callout 2) on the lifter drive assembly—turn
the shaft on the paper feed assembly or the gear on the lifter drive assembly to align the keyed shaft
with the gear.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the tab on the gear snaps into place on the shaft.
3. Lower the tray end of the assembly into the chassis, and then make sure that the alignment pins
(callout 1) are fully seated—the assembly must fit flush up against the chassis.
Figure 1-5154 Check the alignment pins

5. Install two springs (callout 1).
Figure 1-5156 Install two springs

7. Position the cover (callout 1) on the chassis, make sure that the one tab (callout 2) snaps into place, and
then install one screw (callout 3).
1 2
3

8. Rotate the paper feed guide up into position (callout 1)—the right side (green) jam handle (callout 2)
automatically locks the guide in place.
Figure 1-5159 Raise the paper feed guide
9. Position the sheet-metal plate on the chassis.
Figure 1-5160 Install the sheet-metal plate



cover.
1 2

1
2

5. Close the door.

2
1

2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Paper pickup assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the paper feed assembly
● Step 6: Remove the paper pickup assembly
● Step 8: Install the paper pickup assembly
● Step 9: Install the paper feed assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder paper pickup
assembly.
Paper pickup assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RM2-5154-000CN Paper pickup assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
NOTE: The tray pickup and separation roller assembly is included with the paper
pickup assembly.
Required tools

Make sure that the tray is fully closed after replacing it.
Post service test

(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

release it.
2
1

remove the door.


Step 5: Remove the paper feed assembly

3. Release the green jam handle (callout 1), and then rotate the paper feed guide down (callout 2) and out
of the way.
Figure 1-5188 Release the paper feed guide

4. Remove one screw (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the cover (callout 3).
3
1 2

6. Remove two springs (callout 1).
Figure 1-5191 Remove two springs

8. Slightly raise the tray end of the assembly, and then release two alignment pins (callout 1).
Figure 1-5193 Release two alignment pins
9. Release one tab on the gear (callout 1), slide the assembly away (callout 2) from the lifter drive
assembly to release the shaft from the gear, and then remove the paper feed assembly.
Figure 1-5194 Remove the paper feed assembly
Step 6: Remove the paper pickup assembly


3. Release one alignment pins (callout 1), and then lower the left end of the assembly (callout 2)—the end
near the tray cavity.
Figure 1-5197 Lower the end of the assembly
4. Slide the paper pickup assembly to the left to release it from the drive gear on the lifter drive assembly.
Figure 1-5198 Release the assembly from the drive gear

5. Remove the paper pickup assembly through the tray cavity.
CAUTION: Avoid touching the surface of the rollers on the replacement assembly. Skin oils on the rollers can
cause print-quality problems. Thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water to remove skin oils, and then
completely dry them.

Step 8: Install the paper pickup assembly
1. Install the paper pickup assembly through the tray cavity, and then slide the assembly to the right to
engage it with the drive gear on the lifter drive assembly.
CAUTION: Avoid touching the surface of the rollers on the replacement assembly. Skin oils on the
rollers can cause print-quality problems. Thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water to remove
skin oils, and then completely dry them.
NOTE: If a replacement assembly is installed, remove the white drive gear from the discarded
assembly, and then install it on the replacement paper pickup assembly.
2. Raise the left end of the assembly (callout 1)—the end near the tray cavity—and engage one alignment
pin (callout 2).
Figure 1-5202 Raise the end of the assembly

Step 9: Install the paper feed assembly
1. Be careful when handling the assembly. The left side flag (callout 1) is easily dislodged.

Figure 1-5205 Left side flag
2. Insert the keyed end of the shaft (callout 1) into the gear (callout 2) on the lifter drive assembly—turn
the shaft on the paper feed assembly or the gear on the lifter drive assembly to align the keyed shaft
with the gear.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the tab on the gear snaps into place on the shaft.

3. Lower the tray end of the assembly into the chassis, and then make sure that the alignment pins
(callout 1) are fully seated—the assembly must fit flush up against the chassis.
Figure 1-5207 Check the alignment pins

5. Install two springs (callout 1).
Figure 1-5209 Install two springs

7. Position the cover (callout 1) on the chassis, make sure that the one tab (callout 2) snaps into place, and
then install one screw (callout 3).
1 2
3
8. Rotate the paper feed guide up into position (callout 1)—the right side (green) jam handle (callout 2)
automatically locks the guide in place.
Figure 1-5212 Raise the paper feed guide




cover.
1 2
1
2

5. Close the door.

2
1


2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Feeder drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the lower-right cover
● Step 6: Remove the feeder drive assembly
● Step 8: Install the feeder drive assembly
● Step 10: Install the lower-right cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder drive assembly.
Feeder drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RM2-5148-000CN Feeder drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools

Post service test

(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

release it.
2
1

remove the door.
Step 4: Remove the lower-right cover

2
1


Step 6: Remove the feeder drive assembly



6. Remove one spring (callout 1).
Figure 1-5247 Remove one spring

8. Remove the feeder drive assembly.
CAUTION: If the assembly is being removed to access another part, take care not to wipe any of the
grease off of the gears.
CAUTION: When handling the replacement assembly, take care not to wipe any of the grease off of the
gears.

Step 8: Install the feeder drive assembly
1. Position the feeder drive assembly in the chassis.
CAUTION: When handling the assembly, take care not to wipe any of the grease off of the gears.

3. Install one spring (callout 1).
Figure 1-5253 Install one spring




Step 10: Install the lower-right cover


cover.

cover.
1 2

1
2

5. Close the door.

2
1

2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the lower-right cover
● Step 6: Remove the feeder drive assembly
● Step 10: Install the feeder drive assembly
● Step 12: Install the lower-right cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the 1x550-sheet paper feeder lifter drive
assembly.
Lifter drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder) part number
RM2-5149-000CN Lifter drive assembly (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
Required tools

Post service test

(callout 2).
1. Open the door.

release it.
2
1

remove the door.
Step 4: Remove the lower-right cover

2
1


Step 6: Remove the feeder drive assembly



6. Remove one spring (callout 1).
Figure 1-5295 Remove one spring

8. Remove the feeder drive assembly.
CAUTION: If the assembly is being removed to access another part, take care not to wipe any of the
grease off of the gears.
1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1; J904), and then release the wire harness from the retainer
(callout 2) and the guide (callout 3).

1
3
2
2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1; J902 and the switch button), and then release the wire harness
from the retainer (callout 2).

4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slightly pull the lifter drive assembly away from the chassis to
release one gear (callout 2).
2 1

5. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then rotate the assembly—as shown—away from the chassis
6. To remove the lifter drive assembly, feed the wire harness thorough the opening (callout 1) in the
assembly.
Reinstallation tip: If a replacement assembly is installed, transfer the gear (callout 2) to the

CAUTION: When handling the replacement assembly, take care not to wipe any of the grease off of the
gears.
1. Feed the wire harness thorough the opening in the assembly (callout 1), and then position the lifter drive
assembly near the chassis to install it.
TIP: Make sure that the gear (callout 2) was transferred from the discarded assembly to the

2. Insert the keyed end of the shaft into the gear (callout 1) on the lifter drive assembly—turn the shaft on
the paper feed assembly or the gear on the lifter drive assembly to align the keyed shaft with the gear.
IMPORTANT: When the assembly is fully installed, the tab on the gear snaps into place.
Figure 1-5306 Install the gear on the shaft
3. Install the assembly on the chassis, and then make sure that the two tabs (callout 1) snap into place.

5. Install the wire harness in the retainer (callout 1), and then connect two connectors (callout 2; J902 and
the switch button).

6. Install the wire harness in the guide (callout 1) and retainer (callout 2), and then connect one connector
(callout 3; J904).
3
1
2
Step 10: Install the feeder drive assembly
1. Position the feeder drive assembly in the chassis.
CAUTION: When handling the assembly, take care not to wipe any of the grease off of the gears.

3. Install one spring (callout 1).
Figure 1-5313 Install one spring




Step 12: Install the lower-right cover


cover.

cover.
1 2

1
2

5. Close the door.

2
1

2. Close the tray.

Removal and replacement: Trusted platform module (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the trusted platform module (TPM).

ESD sensitive part.
TPM kit number
F5S62-61001 Trusted platform module (TPM) with instruction guide
Required tools
● No special tools are required to install this kit.
it.


Post service test
1
2

NOTE: If the optional HDD is not installed, do one of the following:
● If this is a first-time installation of the optional TPM, skip this step and go to Step 4: Unpack the
replacement assembly on page 2960.
● If this is a replacement TPM installation , skip this step and go to Step 3: Remove the trusted platform
module (TPM) on page 2959.

NOTE: If this is a first-time installation of the optional TPM, skip this step and go to Step 4: Unpack the

CF367-67912
Lea esto primero 1

www.hp.com/support
2 3

2
1

on page 2963.

2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Trusted platform module (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577)
● Step 6: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the trusted platform module (TPM).

ESD sensitive part.
TPM kit number
F5S62-61001 Trusted platform module (TPM) with instruction guide
Required tools
● No special tools are required to install this kit.
it.


Post service test
1
2

Step 2: Remove the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577)
1 2
NOTE: If this is a first-time installation of the optional TPM, skip this step and go to Step 4: Unpack the


CF367-67912
Lea esto primero 1

www.hp.com/support
2 3

Step 6: Install the hard-disk drive (HDD; M577)
on page 2963.
1 2
3


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Internal USB ports (M552 and M553)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the internal USB ports module (M552 and M553)
● Step 4: Install the internal USB ports module (M552 and M553)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the internal USB ports.

ESD sensitive part.
Internal USB ports part number
B5L28-67902 Internal USB ports
Required tools

Post service test

1
2

Step 2: Remove the internal USB ports module (M552 and M553)
1. Locate the internal USB ports module on the formatter.
Figure 1-5362 Locate the USB ports module


5. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the internal USB ports module (callout 2).
Figure 1-5366 Remove the module

Step 4: Install the internal USB ports module (M552 and M553)
1. Position the notches on the internal USB ports PCA over the clips on the PCA holder and press down to
attach the PCA to the holder. Make sure that the clips snap into place.
Figure 1-5368 Install the PCA in the holder
2. Connect the cable harness to the PCA.
Figure 1-5369 Connect the cable harness

3. Press the internal USB ports module toward the formatter case until the clips snap into place.
Figure 1-5370 Install the internal USB ports module



2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Internal USB ports (M577)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the internal USB ports module (M577)
● Step 4: Install the internal USB ports module (M577)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the internal USB ports.

ESD sensitive part.
Internal USB ports part number
B5L28-67902 Internal USB ports
Required tools

Post service test

1
2

Step 2: Remove the internal USB ports module (M577)
1. Locate the internal USB ports module on the formatter.
Figure 1-5377 Locate the USB ports module

3. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the internal USB ports module (callout 2).
Figure 1-5379 Remove the module

Step 4: Install the internal USB ports module (M577)
1. Position the notches on the internal USB ports PCA over the clips on the PCA holder and press down to
attach the PCA to the holder. Make sure that the clips snap into place.
Figure 1-5381 Install the PCA in the holder
2. Connect one cable to the PCA.
Figure 1-5382 Connect one cable

3. Position the clips and locator pins on the internal USB ports module holder (callout 1) in the holes
(callout 2) in the formatter case.
Figure 1-5383 Position the internal USB ports module
4. Press the internal USB ports module toward the formatter case until the clips snap into place.
Figure 1-5384 Install the internal USB ports module


2 3
1

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (M577c/f/z)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the fax PCA
● Step 4: Install the fax PCA
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the fax PCA.

ESD sensitive part.
Fax PCA part number
B5L53-67901 Analog FAX 600 kit
Required tools

Post service test

1
2

Step 2: Remove the fax PCA
to disconnect it.

to remove it.
2
1

Step 4: Install the fax PCA
case.

1
3
4
2 1


2 3
1

2 Parts and diagrams
● For additional service and support
● Assembly locations
● Order parts, accessories, and supplies
● How to use the parts lists and diagrams
● Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units
● Parts and diagrams: Covers
● Parts and diagrams: Internal components
● Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder
● Alphabetical parts list
● Numerical parts list
ENWW 2995
For additional service and support
home.do.

2996 Chapter 2 Parts and diagrams ENWW

Assembly locations
Product front view (M552 and M553 models)
2 11
1 3
4
10
5
9
6
8 13
3 1
12
7
1 Standard output bin
2 4-line LCD control panel with keypad (n and dn models only)
3 Hardware integration pocket for connecting accessory and third-party devices (dn and x models only)
4 Easy-access USB port
5 Right door (access to the fuser and for clearing jams)
6 Tray 1
7 Model name
8 Tray 2
9 Front door (access to the toner cartridges)
10 On/off button
11 Control panel with color touchscreen display (x model only)
12 Lower-right door for the 550-sheet paper feeder (access for clearing jams)
13 550-sheet paper feeder, Tray 3 (included with the x model, optional for the other models)
NOTE: The M552 model accepts one 550-sheet paper feeder. The M553 models accept up to three 550-
sheet paper feeders.
ENWW Assembly locations 2997

Product back view (M552 and M553 models)
1
5
2
4
3
1 Toner-collection-unit door
2 Formatter (contains the interface ports)
3 Power connection
4 Serial number and product number label
5 Formatter cover

Product front view (M577 models)
1 2
15
14 3
13 4
12 5
6
11
7
10
9 8
1 Document-feeder cover (access for clearing jams)
2 Document-feeder input tray
3 Document-feeder output bin
4 Control panel with color touchscreen display
5 Convenience stapler (M577c/f/z models only)
6 Right door (access to the fuser and for clearing jams)
7 Tray 1
8 On/off button
9 Model name
10 Tray 2
11 Front door (access to the toner cartridges)
12 Standard output bin
13 Physical keyboard (M577c/z models only)
14 Easy-access USB port (on the side of the control panel)
15 Hardware integration pocket (for connecting accessory and third-party devices)
ENWW Assembly locations 2999

Product back view (M577 models)
1
6
5 2
4
3
1 Toner-collection-unit door
2 Formatter (contains the interface ports)
3 Power connection
4 Serial number and product number label
5 Slot for a cable-type security lock (on the rear cover of the printer)
6 Formatter cover

Order parts, accessories, and supplies
Ordering
Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply
Order genuine HP parts or accessories www.hp.com/buy/parts
or
partsurfer.hp.com
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported Web browser on your computer, enter the product IP
address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to the HP
SureSupply Web site, which provides options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the diagrams in this chapter can be ordered. Refer to the table following the
diagram or the parts lists at the end of this chapter to determine if a part is orderable.
Supplies
Following are the part numbers for the supplies available for the product.
Table 2-1 Supplies

Item Description Part number
HP 508A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge Standard-capacity replacement black toner CF360A (new)
cartridge
CF360-67901 (service)
HP 508X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner High-capacity replacement black toner CF360X (new)
Cartridge cartridge
HP 508A Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge Standard-capacity replacement cyan CF361A (new)
cartridge
HP 508X High Yield Cyan Original LaserJet Toner High-capacity replacement cyan toner CF361X (new)
Cartridge cartridge
HP 508A Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge Standard-capacity replacement yellow toner CF362A (new)
cartridge
HP 508X High Yield Yellow Original LaserJet Toner High-capacity replacement yellow toner CF362X (new)
Cartridge cartridge
HP 508A Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge Standard-capacity replacement magenta CF363A (new)
toner cartridge
ENWW Order parts, accessories, and supplies 3001

Table 2-1 Supplies (continued)
HP 508X High Yield Magenta Original LaserJet Toner High-capacity replacement magenta toner CF363X (new)
Cartridge cartridge
HP toner-collection unit Replacement toner-collection unit with B5L37A (new)

attached door
B5L37-67901 (service)
HP Staple Cartridge Pack (M577f and M577z) Replacement staple cartridges. Contains two Q7432A
staple cartridges of 1500 staples each.
HP LaserJet 200 ADF Roller Replacement Kit (M577) Replacement feed rollers for the document B5L52A (new)
feeder
Fuser kit (110V) Fuser (110V) B5L35A (new)
Fuser kit (220V) Fuser (220V) B5L36A (new)
Accessories
Following are the part numbers for the accessories available for the printers.
Table 2-2 Accessories (M552 and M553)
550-sheet paper feeder Optional 550-sheet paper feeder (included B5L34A (new)
with the x model)
NOTE: The M552 model accepts one 550-
sheet paper feeder. The M553 models accept
up to three 550-sheet paper feeders.
Printer stand and cabinet Optional stand with storage cabinet to B5L51A (new)
support the printer
Recommended when using multiple optional
paper feeders.
HP secure 500 GB high-performance hard disk drive Optional hard drive B5L29A (new)
NOTE: Not supported for the M552dn. B5L29-67903 (service)
1GB DDR3 slim memory DIMM Optional DIMM for expanding the memory G6W84A (new)
NOTE: M553 only 5851-6422 (service)
HP internal USB ports Two optional USB ports for connecting third- B5L28A (new)
party devices
HP Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Automatically encrypts all data that passes F5S62A (new)
through the product
F5S62-61001 (service)

Table 2-3 Accessories (M577)
550-sheet paper feeder Optional 550-sheet paper feeder B5L34A (new)
NOTE: The printer supports up to three B5L34-67901 (service)

550-sheet paper feeders.
Printer stand and cabinet Optional stand with storage cabinet to B5L51A (new)
support the printer
Recommended when using multiple optional
paper feeders.
HP LaserJet Keyboard Overlay Kit for Simplified Language-specific, adhesive overlay for the A7W12A
Chinese & Traditional Chinese physical keyboard
HP LaserJet Keyboard Overlay Kit for Swedish Language-specific, adhesive overlay for the A7W14A
physical keyboard
HP secure 500 GB high-performance hard disk drive Optional 500 GB hard drive B5L29A (new)
1GB DDR3 x32 144-Pin 800MHz SODIMM (M577) Optional DIMM for expanding the memory E5K48A (new)
E5K48-67902 (service)
HP internal USB ports Two optional USB ports for connecting third- B5L28A (new)
party devices
HP Smartcard NIPRNet Solution for US Government Nonsecure Internet Protocol (IP) Router CC543B
Network for transmitting non-classified
NOTE: Requires installing the HP Internal USB ports information
accessory (B5L28A).
HP Smartcard NIPRNet Solution for US Government Secret Internet Protocol (IP) Router Network F8B30A
for transmitting classified information
NOTE: Requires installing the HP Internal USB ports
accessory (B5L28A).
HP Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Automatically encrypts all data that passes F5S62A (new)
through the product
F5S62-61001 (service)
HP Foreign Interface Harness Optional port for connecting third-party B5L31A (new)
devices
HP LaserJet MFP Analog Fax Accessory 600 Optional fax accessory for the dn model B5L53A (new)
HP Jetdirect 2900nw Print Server USB wireless print server accessory J8031A
HP Jetdirect 3000w NFC/Wireless Accessory Wi-Fi direct accessory for “touch” printing J8030A
from mobile devices

Customer self-repair kits
Following are the customer-replaceable kits available for the product. Each kit includes parts and installation
instructions.
The customer self-repair (CSR) level indicates the expected difficulty the customer will experience when
replacing this part:
● A: Easy
● B: Difficult
Item Description CSR level Part number
Control panel kit (M553x only) ● Control panel A B5L24-67903
Control panel kit (M577 only) ● Control panel A B5L47-67018
Secondary transfer roller kit ● Secondary transfer roller A B5L24-67902
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) ● ITB B B5L24-67901

and secondary transfer roller
kit ● Secondary transfer roller
Tray 2-5 roller kit ● Rollers for Tray 2 and the optional 550-sheet A B5L24-67904
paper feeders
ADF roller replacement Kit Replacement feed rollers for the document feeder A B5L52-67903
(M577)
Fuser kit (110V) ● Fuser (110V) A B5L35-67902
Fuser kit (220V) ● Fuser (220V) A B5L36-67902
embedded MultiMedia Card ● eMMC module A 5851-6436

(eMMC) kit (M552 and M553
only)
320GB encrypted hard disk ● Replacement hard disk drive A 5851-6712

drive kit (M577 only)
White backing kit (M577 only) ● White backing for the document feeder A 5851-6570
● Retention clips for the document feeder white

backing
Retention clip kit (M577 only) ● Retention clips for the document feeder white A 5851-6573
backing
Keyboard kit (M577c/z only) ● Keyboard A B5L47-67019 (US)
B5L47-67020 (UK)
Keyboard overlay kit (FR, IT, RU, ● Keyboard overlay A 5851-6019

DE, ES: UK Kybd) (M577c/z only)
Keyboard overlay kit (FR-CN, ● Keyboard overlay A 5851-6020

ES-LA, ES: US Kybd)(M577c/z
only)
Keyboard overlay kit (FR-SW, ● Keyboard overlay A 5851-6021

DE-SW, DA: UK Kybd) (M577c/z
only)
Keyboard overlay kit (ZHTW, ● Keyboard overlay A 5851-6022

ZHCN) (M577c/z only)

Item Description CSR level Part number
Keyboard overlay kit (ES, PT) ● Keyboard overlay A 5851-6023

(M577c/z only)
Keyboard overlay kit (JA-KG, JA- ● Keyboard overlay A 5851-6024

KT) (M577c/z only)
Related documentation and software

home.do.

How to use the parts lists and diagrams
The figures in this chapter show the major subassemblies in the product and their component parts. A parts
list table follows each exploded view assembly diagram. Each table lists the item number, the associated part
number, and the description of each part. If a part is not listed in the table, then it is not a field replacement
unit (FRU).
CAUTION: Be sure to order the correct part. When looking for part numbers for electrical components, pay
careful attention to the voltage that is listed in the description column. Doing so will ensure that the part
number selected is for the correct model.
NOTE: In this manual, the abbreviation “PCA” stands for “printed circuit-board assembly.” Components
described as a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts, such as cables
and sensors.

Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units
Figure 2-1 Document feeder and scanner whole units (M577 only)
1
6 2

Table 2-4 Document feeder and scanner whole units (M577 only)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Document feeder (M577dn/f) kit; includes white backing and B5L47-67901 1

retention clips
1 Document feeder (M577c/z) kit; includes white backing and B5L47-67902 1

retention clips
2 Image scanner (M577) kit; includes white backing and retention clips B5L46-67904 1
3 Control panel (M577) kit B5L47-67018 1
4 Keyboard US (M577c/z) B5L47-67019 1
4 Keyboard UK (M577c/z) B5L47-67020 1
5 Cover, HIP (M577) B5L46-40021 1
6 Bezel, control panel with NFC icon (M577) B5L46-40026 1
6 Bezel, control panel without NFC icon (M577) B5L46-40020 1
Not shown Scan control board B5L47-67903 1
Not shown Cover, keyboard (M577dn/f) B5L46-40002 1
Not shown Cover, rear (image scanner; M577) B5L46-40011 1
Not shown Cover, USB (M577) B5L46-40028 1
Not shown Cover, right front upper (M577dn) B5L46-40024 1
Not shown Cover assembly, stapler (M577c/f/z) B5L46-60121 1
Not shown Stapler (M577c/f/z) B5L46-60102 1
Not shown Hinge, left document feeder (M577) COM39-60064 1
Not shown Hinge, right document feeder (M577) COM39-60065 1
Not shown Cable, stapler (M577) B5L46-60121 1
Not shown Cable, WU USB control panel (M577) 5851-5939 1
Not shown Cable, HIP USB control panel (M577) 5851-5938 1
Not shown Cable, HDMI control panel (M577) 5851-5936 1
Not shown Cable, 18-pin control panel (M577) 5851-5935 1
Not shown Cable, HDMI PAB to SCAM (M577) B5L46-60114 1
Not shown Keyboard overlay kit (FR, IT, RU, DE, ES: UK Kybd) 5851-6019 1
Not shown Keyboard overlay kit (FR-CN, ES-LA, ES: US Kybd) 5851-6020 1
Not shown Keyboard overlay kit (FR-SW, DE-SW, DA: UK Kybd) 5851-6021 1
Not shown Keyboard overlay kit (ZHTW, ZHCN) 5851-6022 1
Not shown Keyboard overlay kit (ES, PT) 5851-6023 1
Not shown Keyboard overlay kit (JA-KG, JA-KT) 5851-6024 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Document feeder and scanner whole units 3009
Parts and diagrams: Covers
Covers (M552 and M553)
Figure 2-2 Covers (M552, M553)
M552dn,
M553x M552dn, M553n, M553dn M553dn, M553x
15
16
4
A04
A02
A02 A02
5
A03
13
A02 A02
10
12
14
4
A02
2
8
9
A02
11
A01
1
3
Table 2-5 Covers (M552, M553)
1 Cover, right rear RC4-0178-000CN 1
2 Cover, left RC4-0179-000CN 1
3 Handle, right RC4-0183-000CN 1
4 Cover, HIP (M552dn, M553dn, M553x) RC4-0213-000CN 1
5 Cover, USB RC4-0214-000CN 1
6 Cover, upper (M553n) RL2-0096-000CN 1
6 Cover, upper (M553x) RL2-0097-000CN 1
6 Cover, upper (M552dn, M553dn) RL2-0098-000CN 1
7 Door assembly, right RM2-0019-000CN 1
8 Roller, pickup, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 1
9 Roller, separation, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 1
10 Toner collection unit B5L37-67901 1
11 Cover, front (M552, M553) B5L25-67901 1
12 Output bin RM2-0044-000CN 1
13 Cover, formatter RM2-0084-000CN 1
14 Cover, rear RM2-0085-000CN 1
15 Control panel (M552dn, M553n, M553dn) RM2-7180-000CN 1
16 Control panel (M553x) B5L24-67903 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Covers 3011

Covers (M577)
Figure 2-3 Covers (M577)
A02
12
13
11
A03
10
15
14
A02
16
A02 A02
17
A02
4
8
9
A02
3
A01
1

Table 2-6 Covers (M577)
1 Cover, right rear RC4-0178-000CN 1
2 Handle, right RC4-0183-000CN 1
3 Cover, front (M577) B5L46-67906 1
4 Cover, left RC4-0179-000CN 1
5 Toner collection unit B5L37-67901 1
6 Output bin RM2-0044-000CN 1
7 Right door assembly RM2-0019-000CN 1
8 Roller, pickup, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 1
9 Roller, separation, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 1
10 Cover, top (M577) RL2-0769-000CN 1
11 Cover, left upper (M577) RL2-0770-000CN 1
12 Cover, top rear (M577) RC4-3383-000CN 1
13 Cover, rear upper (M577) RL2-0771-000CN 1
14 Cover, right upper (M577) RL2-0772-000CN 1
15 Cover, paper feed (M577) RC4-3382-000CN 1
16 Cover, formatter RM2-0084-000CN 1
17 Cover, rear RM2-0085-000CN 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Covers 3013

Parts and diagrams: Internal components
Internal components (1 of 5)
Figure 2-4 Internal components (1 of 5)
M552dn, M553dn, M577z
A35
(J1829)
(J1821)
A33
A01
(J1801) (J38)
(J54)
(J37) (J2506) A23
5 1
A17 A31
A18 (FM4)
(J54)
A30
(SR11)
(J79) A22
A26
A06 A24
A24 A06 A24
A02 A24
4 A25
A16 2 (J1803)
(FM2)
A12 (J6006)
A23
A24
A07
A04
A21
A34
A05
3
(J71)
A28 (J31)
A04 A
A03 A21
A34
A05
3
A20 A23
A14 (J32) A04
A28 A21
A24 A03 (J72)
A34
A05
3
A11
A20 (J33)
A04
A28 A21
A03 (J73) A34
A32 A05
3
A20 (J34)
6
A27 (J74)
A03
A13
A20
A10 A08
A24 A29
A09 A
A24
A24 A15

Table 2-7 Internal components (1 of 5)
1 Fan, fuser (FM4) RK2-2418-000CN 1
2 Fan, cartridge (FM2) RK2-6124-000CN 1
3 Glass cleaner assembly, dust-proof RM2-0086-000CN 4
4 Waste toner detect PCA assembly RM2-7130-000CN 1
5 Connecting PCA assembly RM2-7156-000CN 1
6 Inner door RL2-0013-010CN 1
Not shown Wireless PCA, embedded 1150-7968 1
Not shown Near field communication (NFC) PCA, embedded (M553x) B5L24-60002 1
Not shown Near field communication (NFC) PCA, embedded (M577z) B5L24-60001 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: Internal components 3015


1 Laser/scanner assembly RM2-6545-000CN 1
2 Switch PCA assembly (SW4) RM2-7133-000CN 1
3 Pre-exposure PCA assembly RM2-7168-000CN 3
4 Pre-exposure PCA assembly RM2-7169-000CN 1
5 Hinge, cover, front RC4-0132-000CN 1
6 Hinge, cover, front RC4-0159-000CN 1

A10
(J120)
12
11 8
A10
A11 5
9
M577
M577 A10
A13
(J118)
(J124)
A10 A14
A09
A08
A06
A10
10
A05
A10 A07
A01
(J121)
6
A A10
A04 4
A11
A12
3
1
A
A10
A03 A02

1 Cassette (Tray 2) RM2-0007-000CN 1
2 Fuser kit (110V) B5L35-67902 1
2 Fuser kit (220V) B5L36-67902 1
2 Fuser service kit (110V) B5L35-67902 1
2 Fuser service kit (220V) B5L36-67902 1
3 ITB (part of ITB and secondary transfer roller kit) B5L24-67901 1
4 Paper pickup assembly RM2-0017-000CN 1
5 Roller, secondary transfer B5L24-67902 1
6 Roller, paper pickup (part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 1
7 Roller, separation (part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 1
8 Secondary transfer assembly (M553n) RM2-0090-000CN 1
8 Secondary transfer assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0022-000CN 1
9 Paper delivery assembly (M553n) RM2-0092-000CN 1
9 Paper delivery assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0016-000CN 1
10 Registration assembly (M553n) RM2-0093-000CN 1
10 Registration assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0018-000CN 1
11 Density detect assembly RM2-7160-000CN 1
12 Arm, solenoid RC4-0830-000CN 1


1 Fan, power-supply (FM1) RK2-2416-000CN 1
2 Fan, delivery (FM3) RK2-2728-000CN 1
3 Cable, flexible flat RK2-6101-000CN 1
5 HVPS (D) PCA assembly RM2-7122-000CN 1
6 HVPS (T) PCA assembly (M553n) RM2-7134-000CN 1
6 HVPS (T) PCA assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-7123-000CN 1
7 LVPS PCA assembly RM2-7164-000CN 1
8 DC controller PCA assembly (M552, M553)) RM2-7186-000CN 1
8 DC controller PCA assembly (M577) RM2-7187-000CN 1
9 Memory PCA assembly RM2-7138-000CN 1
10 Fuser power supply PCA assembly RM2-7125-000CN 1
12 Environmental sensor PCA assembly RM2-7154-000CN 1
13 Formatter (M552) B5L23-67903 1
13 Formatter (M552 India and China only) B5L23-67904 1
13 Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh) B5L24-67909 1
13 Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh India and China only) B5L24-67908 1
13 Formatter (M553x) B5L26-67901 1
13 Formatter (M553x India and China only) B5L26-67902 1
13 Formatter (M577) B5L46-67909 1
13 Formatter (M577 India and China only) B5L46-67911 1
14 Formatter case RC4-0152-000CN 1
Not shown Fax PCA (M577f, M577z) B5L53-67901 1

A08
7
(M1)
(J41)
A07
(M2)
(J42)
A07
5
7
(M3)
(M6) (J43) A07
(J46)
7
A09
1
A04
A13
M577
M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577
(J2503)
A11 A08 A14
(J59)
(J48)
A08 2
A08
6
(M4)
(J2504) (J44) A08
(J57)
A08
A03 A08 A02
A12
A10
(J15) 10 A08
(SR5)
(M5)
(J45)
A08
3
13
A08
12 4
A08
(J0)
A08
11
9

1 Motor, stepping (M6) RK2-6027-000CN 1
2 Duplexing drive assembly (M7, CL2; M552dn, M553dn, M553x) RM2-0006-000CN 1
3 Paper pickup drive assembly (M5) RM2-0008-000CN 1
4 Lifter drive assembly (CL1) RM2-0010-000CN 1
5 Main motor drive assembly B5L25-67902 1
6 Motor assembly, fuser (M4) RM2-0077-000CN 1
7 Motor assembly, drum (M1, M2, M3) RM2-0078-000CN 3
8 Fuser drive assembly (M553n) RM2-0091-000CN 1
8 Fuser drive assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0009-000CN 1
9 Auto close assembly RM2-5147-000CN 1
10 Estrangement detect PCA assembly (SR5) RM2-7157-000CN 1
11 Holder, OP Drawer RC4-0445-000CN 1
12 Connector, drawer VS1-7258-000CN 1
13 Gear 18T RU8-0577-000CN 1

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder
550-sheet paper feeder covers
Figure 2-9 550-sheet paper feeder covers
See 550-sheet feeder

main body

Table 2-12 550-sheet paper feeder covers
1 Cover, left (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1791-000CN 1
2 Cover, rear (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1792-000CN 1
3 Cover, right lower (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1793-000CN 1
4 Hinge, door, right (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1781-000CN 1
5 Link, door, right (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1778-000CN 1
6 Door assembly, right (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5146-000CN 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder 3025

550-sheet paper feeder main body
Figure 2-10 550-sheet paper feeder main body
A27 (J1904)
A29
(J1907) A39
(J21) (J2041)
(J1903) (J2042)
A20 11 (J2003)
12 A28
A22
A41
A09
A26 (J20) 9 A32
A40
(J1901)
A19
A21 A31
A37 A33
A18 A36 (J1902) 6
A23 (J2023) A10
4 A39
A34
A24 A38
7 A23 A39
(SW12)
(J2023)
5 A39
A39
(J2003) A16
A25
A39
A43 2 (J2042)
A39 A02
A34 A24
A13
A14 A35 A39
A42 A11 A39
A04
A12 A39
A39 A39 1
A39 (J2041)
A03
A15
A17 A30
10
A06 3
A05
8
A08

Table 2-13 550-sheet paper feeder covers
1 Cassette (tray; 550-sheet feeder) RM2-5150-000CN 1
2 Paper feed assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5145-000CN 1
3 Roller, pickup (550-sheet feeder; part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 1
4 Auto close assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5147-000CN 1
5 Feed drive assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5148-000CN 1
6 Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5149-000CN 1
7 Switch button (SW21; 550-sheet feeder) WC2-5806-000CN 1
8 Paper pickup assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5154-000CN 1
9 Paper feed drive PCA assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-7139-000CN 1
10 Roller, separation (550-sheet feeder; part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 1
11 Holder, OP drawer (550-sheet feeder) RC4-0445-000CN 1
12 Holder, drawer connector (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1741-000CN 1
ENWW Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder 3027

Alphabetical parts list
Table 2-14 Alphabetical parts list
Description Part number Table and page
Arm, solenoid RC4-0830-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Auto close assembly RM2-5147-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Auto close assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5147-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Bezel, control panel with NFC icon (M577) B5L46-40026 Document feeder and scanner
whole units (M577 only)
on page 3009
Bezel, control panel without NFC icon (M577) B5L46-40020 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Cable, 18-pin control panel (M577) 5851-5935 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Cable, flexible flat RK2-6101-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021

on page 3021

on page 3021
Cable, HDMI control panel (M577) 5851-5936 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Cable, HDMI PAB to SCAM (M577) B5L46-60114 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Cable, HIP USB control panel (M577) 5851-5938 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Cable, stapler (M577) B5L46-60121 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Cable, WU USB control panel (M577) 5851-5939 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Cassette (Tray 2) RM2-0007-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Cassette (tray; 550-sheet feeder) RM2-5150-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3027
Connecting PCA assembly RM2-7156-000CN Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
Connector, drawer VS1-7258-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023

Table 2-14 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
Control panel (M552dn, M553n, M553dn) RM2-7180-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Control panel (M553x) B5L24-67903 Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Control panel (M577) kit B5L47-67018 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Cover assembly, stapler (M577c/f/z) B5L46-60121 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Cover, formatter RM2-0084-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, formatter RM2-0084-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, front (M552, M553) B5L25-67901 Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, front (M577) B5L46-67906 Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, HIP (M552dn, M553dn, M553x) RC4-0213-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, HIP (M577) B5L46-40021 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Cover, keyboard (M577dn/f) B5L46-40002 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Cover, left RC4-0179-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, left RC4-0179-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, left (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1791-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3025
Cover, left upper (M577) RL2-0770-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, paper feed (M577) RC4-3382-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, rear RM2-0085-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, rear RM2-0085-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, rear (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1792-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3025
Cover, rear (image scanner; M577) B5L46-40011 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Cover, rear upper (M577) RL2-0771-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, right front upper (M577dn) B5L46-40024 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 3029

Cover, right lower (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1793-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
Cover, right rear RC4-0178-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, right rear RC4-0178-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, right upper (M577) RL2-0772-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, top (M577) RL2-0769-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, top rear (M577) RC4-3383-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Cover, upper (M552dn, M553dn) RL2-0098-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, upper (M553n) RL2-0096-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, upper (M553x) RL2-0097-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, USB RC4-0214-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Cover, USB (M577) B5L46-40028 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
DC controller PCA assembly (M552, M553)) RM2-7186-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
DC controller PCA assembly (M577) RM2-7187-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Density detect assembly RM2-7160-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Document feeder (M577c/z) kit; includes white backing and retention B5L47-67902 Document feeder and scanner
clips whole units (M577 only)
on page 3009
Document feeder (M577dn/f) kit; includes white backing and B5L47-67901 Document feeder and scanner
retention clips whole units (M577 only)
on page 3009
Door assembly, right RM2-0019-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Door assembly, right (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5146-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
Duplexing drive assembly (M7, CL2; M552dn, M553dn, M553x) RM2-0006-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)
on page 3023
Environmental sensor PCA assembly RM2-7154-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Estrangement detect PCA assembly (SR5) RM2-7157-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Fan, cartridge (FM2) RK2-6124-000CN Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015

Fan, delivery (FM3) RK2-2728-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Fan, fuser (FM4) RK2-2418-000CN Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
Fan, power-supply (FM1) RK2-2416-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Fax PCA (M577f, M577z) B5L53-67901 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Feed drive assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5148-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Formatter (M552 India and China only) B5L23-67904 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Formatter (M552) B5L23-67903 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh India and China only) B5L24-67908 Internal components (4 of 5)
on page 3021
Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh) B5L24-67909 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Formatter (M553x India and China only) B5L26-67902 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Formatter (M553x) B5L26-67901 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Formatter (M577 India and China only) B5L46-67911 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Formatter (M577) B5L46-67909 Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Formatter case RC4-0152-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Fuser drive assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0009-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)
on page 3023
Fuser drive assembly (M553n) RM2-0091-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Fuser kit (110V) B5L35-67902 Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Fuser kit (220V) B5L36-67902 Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Fuser power supply PCA assembly RM2-7125-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Fuser service kit (110V) B5L35-67902 Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Fuser service kit (220V) B5L36-67902 Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019

Gear 18T RU8-0577-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Glass cleaner assembly, dust-proof RM2-0086-000CN Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
Handle, right RC4-0183-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Handle, right RC4-0183-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Hinge, cover, front RC4-0132-000CN Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
Hinge, cover, front RC4-0159-000CN Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
Hinge, door, right (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1781-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
Hinge, left document feeder (M577) COM39-60064 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Hinge, right document feeder (M577) COM39-60065 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Holder, drawer connector (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1741-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Holder, OP Drawer RC4-0445-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Holder, OP drawer (550-sheet feeder) RC4-0445-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3027
HVPS (D) PCA assembly RM2-7122-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
HVPS (T) PCA assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-7123-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)
on page 3021
HVPS (T) PCA assembly (M553n) RM2-7134-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Image scanner (M577) kit; includes white backing and retention clips B5L46-67904 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Inner door RL2-0013-010CN Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
ITB (part of ITB and secondary transfer roller kit) B5L24-67901 Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
Keyboard overlay kit (ES, PT) 5851-6023 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Keyboard overlay kit (FR, IT, RU, DE, ES: UK Kybd) 5851-6019 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009

Keyboard overlay kit (FR-CN, ES-LA, ES: US Kybd) 5851-6020 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Keyboard overlay kit (FR-SW, DE-SW, DA: UK Kybd) 5851-6021 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Keyboard overlay kit (JA-KG, JA-KT) 5851-6024 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Keyboard overlay kit (ZHTW, ZHCN) 5851-6022 Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
Keyboard UK (M577c/z) B5L47-67020 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Keyboard US (M577c/z) B5L47-67019 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Laser/scanner assembly RM2-6545-000CN Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5149-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Lifter drive assembly (CL1) RM2-0010-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Link, door, right (550-sheet feeder) RC4-1778-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
LVPS PCA assembly RM2-7164-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Main motor drive assembly B5L25-67902 Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Memory PCA assembly RM2-7138-000CN Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
Motor assembly, drum (M1, M2, M3) RM2-0078-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Motor assembly, fuser (M4) RM2-0077-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Motor, stepping (M6) RK2-6027-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Near field communication (NFC) PCA, embedded (M553x) B5L24-60002 Internal components (1 of 5)
on page 3015
Near field communication (NFC) PCA, embedded (M577z) B5L24-60001 Internal components (1 of 5)
on page 3015
Output bin RM2-0044-000CN Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Output bin RM2-0044-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013

Paper delivery assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0016-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
Paper delivery assembly (M553n) RM2-0092-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Paper feed assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5145-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Paper feed drive PCA assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-7139-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Paper pickup assembly RM2-0017-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Paper pickup assembly (550-sheet feeder) RM2-5154-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Paper pickup drive assembly (M5) RM2-0008-000CN Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
Pre-exposure PCA assembly RM2-7168-000CN Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
Pre-exposure PCA assembly RM2-7169-000CN Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
Registration assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0018-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Registration assembly (M553n) RM2-0093-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Right door assembly RM2-0019-000CN Covers (M577) on page 3013
Roller, paper pickup (part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
Roller, pickup (550-sheet feeder; part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Roller, pickup, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 Covers (M552, M553)
on page 3011
Roller, pickup, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 Covers (M577) on page 3013
Roller, secondary transfer B5L24-67902 Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Roller, separation (550-sheet feeder; part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Roller, separation (part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) B5L24-67904 Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
Roller, separation, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 Covers (M552, M553)
on page 3011
Roller, separation, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) B5L24-67905 Covers (M577) on page 3013
Scan control board B5L47-67903 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009

Secondary transfer assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) RM2-0022-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
Secondary transfer assembly (M553n) RM2-0090-000CN Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
Stapler (M577c/f/z) B5L46-60102 Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
Switch button (SW21; 550-sheet feeder) WC2-5806-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
Switch PCA assembly (SW4) RM2-7133-000CN Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
Toner collection unit B5L37-67901 Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
Toner collection unit B5L37-67901 Covers (M577) on page 3013
Waste toner detect PCA assembly RM2-7130-000CN Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
Wireless PCA, embedded 1150-7968 Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015

Numerical parts list
Table 2-15 Numerical parts list
Part number Description Table and page
1150-7968 Wireless PCA, embedded Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
5851-5935 Cable, 18-pin control panel (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-5936 Cable, HDMI control panel (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-5938 Cable, HIP USB control panel (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-5939 Cable, WU USB control panel (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-6019 Keyboard overlay kit (FR, IT, RU, DE, ES: UK Kybd) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-6020 Keyboard overlay kit (FR-CN, ES-LA, ES: US Kybd) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-6021 Keyboard overlay kit (FR-SW, DE-SW, DA: UK Kybd) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-6022 Keyboard overlay kit (ZHTW, ZHCN) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-6023 Keyboard overlay kit (ES, PT) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
5851-6024 Keyboard overlay kit (JA-KG, JA-KT) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
B5L23-67903 Formatter (M552) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
B5L23-67904 Formatter (M552 India and China only) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
B5L24-60001 Near field communication (NFC) PCA, embedded (M577z) Internal components (1 of 5)
on page 3015
B5L24-60002 Near field communication (NFC) PCA, embedded (M553x) Internal components (1 of 5)
on page 3015
B5L24-67901 ITB (part of ITB and secondary transfer roller kit) Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
B5L24-67902 Roller, secondary transfer Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019

Table 2-15 Numerical parts list (continued)
B5L24-67903 Control panel (M553x) Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
B5L24-67904 Roller, paper pickup (part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
B5L24-67904 Roller, separation (part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
B5L24-67904 Roller, pickup (550-sheet feeder; part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
B5L24-67904 Roller, separation (550-sheet feeder; part of Tray 2-5 roller kit) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
B5L24-67905 Roller, pickup, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) Covers (M552, M553)
on page 3011
B5L24-67905 Roller, separation, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) Covers (M552, M553)
on page 3011
B5L24-67905 Roller, pickup, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) Covers (M577) on page 3013
B5L24-67905 Roller, separation, Tray 1 (part of Tray 1 roller kit) Covers (M577) on page 3013
B5L24-67908 Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh India and China only) Internal components (4 of 5)
on page 3021
B5L24-67909 Formatter (M553n, M553dn, M553dh) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
B5L25-67901 Cover, front (M552, M553) Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
B5L25-67902 Main motor drive assembly Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
B5L26-67901 Formatter (M553x) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
B5L26-67902 Formatter (M553x India and China only) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
B5L35-67902 Fuser kit (110V) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
B5L35-67902 Fuser service kit (110V) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
B5L36-67902 Fuser kit (220V) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
B5L36-67902 Fuser service kit (220V) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
B5L37-67901 Toner collection unit Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
B5L37-67901 Toner collection unit Covers (M577) on page 3013
B5L46-40002 Cover, keyboard (M577dn/f) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
ENWW Numerical parts list 3037

B5L46-40011 Cover, rear (image scanner; M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
B5L46-40020 Bezel, control panel without NFC icon (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
B5L46-40021 Cover, HIP (M577) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L46-40024 Cover, right front upper (M577dn) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
B5L46-40026 Bezel, control panel with NFC icon (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
B5L46-40028 Cover, USB (M577) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L46-60102 Stapler (M577c/f/z) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L46-60114 Cable, HDMI PAB to SCAM (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
B5L46-60121 Cover assembly, stapler (M577c/f/z) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L46-60121 Cable, stapler (M577) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L46-67904 Image scanner (M577) kit; includes white backing and retention clips Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
B5L46-67906 Cover, front (M577) Covers (M577) on page 3013
B5L46-67909 Formatter (M577) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
B5L46-67911 Formatter (M577 India and China only) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
B5L47-67018 Control panel (M577) kit Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L47-67019 Keyboard US (M577c/z) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L47-67020 Keyboard UK (M577c/z) Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009

B5L47-67901 Document feeder (M577dn/f) kit; includes white backing and Document feeder and scanner
retention clips whole units (M577 only)
on page 3009
B5L47-67902 Document feeder (M577c/z) kit; includes white backing and retention Document feeder and scanner
clips whole units (M577 only)
on page 3009
B5L47-67903 Scan control board Document feeder and scanner

on page 3009
B5L53-67901 Fax PCA (M577f, M577z) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
COM39-60064 Hinge, left document feeder (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
COM39-60065 Hinge, right document feeder (M577) Document feeder and scanner
on page 3009
RC4-0132-000CN Hinge, cover, front Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
RC4-0152-000CN Formatter case Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RC4-0159-000CN Hinge, cover, front Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
RC4-0178-000CN Cover, right rear Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RC4-0178-000CN Cover, right rear Covers (M577) on page 3013
RC4-0179-000CN Cover, left Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RC4-0179-000CN Cover, left Covers (M577) on page 3013
RC4-0183-000CN Handle, right Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RC4-0183-000CN Handle, right Covers (M577) on page 3013
RC4-0213-000CN Cover, HIP (M552dn, M553dn, M553x) Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RC4-0214-000CN Cover, USB Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RC4-0445-000CN Holder, OP Drawer Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RC4-0445-000CN Holder, OP drawer (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3027
RC4-0830-000CN Arm, solenoid Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
RC4-1741-000CN Holder, drawer connector (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027

RC4-1778-000CN Link, door, right (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
RC4-1781-000CN Hinge, door, right (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
RC4-1791-000CN Cover, left (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3025
RC4-1792-000CN Cover, rear (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3025
RC4-1793-000CN Cover, right lower (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
RC4-3382-000CN Cover, paper feed (M577) Covers (M577) on page 3013
RC4-3383-000CN Cover, top rear (M577) Covers (M577) on page 3013
RK2-2416-000CN Fan, power-supply (FM1) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RK2-2418-000CN Fan, fuser (FM4) Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
RK2-2728-000CN Fan, delivery (FM3) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RK2-6027-000CN Motor, stepping (M6) Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RK2-6101-000CN Cable, flexible flat Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021

on page 3021

on page 3021
RK2-6124-000CN Fan, cartridge (FM2) Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
RL2-0013-010CN Inner door Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
RL2-0096-000CN Cover, upper (M553n) Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RL2-0097-000CN Cover, upper (M553x) Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RL2-0098-000CN Cover, upper (M552dn, M553dn) Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RL2-0769-000CN Cover, top (M577) Covers (M577) on page 3013
RL2-0770-000CN Cover, left upper (M577) Covers (M577) on page 3013
RL2-0771-000CN Cover, rear upper (M577) Covers (M577) on page 3013
RL2-0772-000CN Cover, right upper (M577) Covers (M577) on page 3013
RM2-0006-000CN Duplexing drive assembly (M7, CL2; M552dn, M553dn, M553x) Internal components (5 of 5)
on page 3023

RM2-0007-000CN Cassette (Tray 2) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
RM2-0008-000CN Paper pickup drive assembly (M5) Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RM2-0009-000CN Fuser drive assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) Internal components (5 of 5)
on page 3023
RM2-0010-000CN Lifter drive assembly (CL1) Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RM2-0016-000CN Paper delivery assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
RM2-0017-000CN Paper pickup assembly Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
RM2-0018-000CN Registration assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
RM2-0019-000CN Door assembly, right Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RM2-0019-000CN Right door assembly Covers (M577) on page 3013
RM2-0022-000CN Secondary transfer assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) Internal components (3 of 5)
on page 3019
RM2-0044-000CN Output bin Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RM2-0044-000CN Output bin Covers (M577) on page 3013
RM2-0077-000CN Motor assembly, fuser (M4) Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RM2-0078-000CN Motor assembly, drum (M1, M2, M3) Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RM2-0084-000CN Cover, formatter Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RM2-0084-000CN Cover, formatter Covers (M577) on page 3013
RM2-0085-000CN Cover, rear Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RM2-0085-000CN Cover, rear Covers (M577) on page 3013
RM2-0086-000CN Glass cleaner assembly, dust-proof Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
RM2-0090-000CN Secondary transfer assembly (M553n) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
RM2-0091-000CN Fuser drive assembly (M553n) Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RM2-0092-000CN Paper delivery assembly (M553n) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019
RM2-0093-000CN Registration assembly (M553n) Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019

RM2-5145-000CN Paper feed assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
RM2-5146-000CN Door assembly, right (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3025
RM2-5147-000CN Auto close assembly Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RM2-5147-000CN Auto close assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
RM2-5148-000CN Feed drive assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
RM2-5149-000CN Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
RM2-5150-000CN Cassette (tray; 550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 3027
RM2-5154-000CN Paper pickup assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
RM2-6545-000CN Laser/scanner assembly Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
RM2-7122-000CN HVPS (D) PCA assembly Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RM2-7123-000CN HVPS (T) PCA assembly (M552dn, M553dn, M553x, M577) Internal components (4 of 5)
on page 3021
RM2-7125-000CN Fuser power supply PCA assembly Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RM2-7130-000CN Waste toner detect PCA assembly Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
RM2-7133-000CN Switch PCA assembly (SW4) Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
RM2-7134-000CN HVPS (T) PCA assembly (M553n) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RM2-7138-000CN Memory PCA assembly Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RM2-7139-000CN Paper feed drive PCA assembly (550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027
RM2-7154-000CN Environmental sensor PCA assembly Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RM2-7156-000CN Connecting PCA assembly Internal components (1 of 5)

on page 3015
RM2-7157-000CN Estrangement detect PCA assembly (SR5) Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
RM2-7160-000CN Density detect assembly Internal components (3 of 5)

on page 3019

RM2-7164-000CN LVPS PCA assembly Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RM2-7168-000CN Pre-exposure PCA assembly Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
RM2-7169-000CN Pre-exposure PCA assembly Internal components (2 of 5)

on page 3017
RM2-7180-000CN Control panel (M552dn, M553n, M553dn) Covers (M552, M553)

on page 3011
RM2-7186-000CN DC controller PCA assembly (M552, M553)) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RM2-7187-000CN DC controller PCA assembly (M577) Internal components (4 of 5)

on page 3021
RU8-0577-000CN Gear 18T Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
VS1-7258-000CN Connector, drawer Internal components (5 of 5)

on page 3023
WC2-5806-000CN Switch button (SW21; 550-sheet feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 3027

Index
Symbols/Numerics covers document feeder

500-sheet feeder left cover (1x550-sheet paper removing and replacing rollers
parts lists and diagrams 3024 feeder), removing 2807 (M577) 128
parts lists and diagrams 3010 document feeder (M577)
A rear cover (1x550-sheet paper removing and replacing 2656
after-service checklist 6 feeder), removing 2758 document feeder (M577), removing
auto close assembly right-door link (1x550-sheet and replacing 2656
removing and replacing 1161 paper feeder), removing 2794 document feeder and scanner whole
auto close assembly (1x550-sheet right-lower cover (1x550-sheet units
paper feeder) paper feeder), removing 2781 parts lists and diagrams 3008
removing and replacing 2817 covers (M506) document feeder rollers (M577)
auto close assembly, removing and part numbers 3010 removing and replacing 128
replacing 1161 covers (M577) document feeder rollers (M577),
part numbers 3012 removing and replacing 128
B door link (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
before-service checklist 6 D removing and replacing 2794
DC controller doors
C removing and replacing 698 door link (1x550-sheet paper
cartridge DC controller, removing and feeder), removing 2794
ordering 3001 replacing 698 right door (1x550-sheet paper
part numbers 3001 delievery fan (FM3), removing and feeder), removing 2762
cartridges replacing 1322 drawer connector holder (1x550-
removing and replacing 9 delivery fan (FM3) sheet paper feeder)
cautions iii removing and replacing 1322 removing and replacing 2836
connectors density-detect assembly drum motor 1 (M1)
OP drawer holder (1x550-sheet removing and replacing 2379 removing and replacing 996
paper feeder), removing 2811 density-detect assembly, removing drum motor 1 (M1), removing and
Control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn and replacing 2379 replacing 996
only) developing disengagement motor drum motor 2 (M2)
removing and replacing 542 (M6) removing and replacing 1495
Control panel (M553n/dn and M552dn removing and replacing 1111 drum motor 2 (M2), removing and
only), removing and replacing 542 developing disengagement motor replacing 1495
control panel (M577) (M6), removing and replacing drum motor 3 (M3)
removing and replacing 92 1111 removing and replacing 1584
control panel (M577), removing and DIMM drum motor 3 (M3), removing and
replacing 92 removing and replacing 44, 53 replacing 1584
conventions, document iii document conventions iii dual in-line memory module (DIMM)
removing and replacing 53
ENWW Index 3045

duplex drive assembly, removing and H instructions, secondary transfer
replacing 1887 hard disk drive (HDD) roller assembly 580
removing and replacing 28, 34 instructions, toner cartridges 9
E high-voltage power supply D (HVPSD) instructions, tray 1 pickup and
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 4 removing and replacing 947 separation rollers 568
embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) high-voltage power supply D instructions, tray 2-X pickup and
removing and replacing 61 (HVPSD), removing and replacing separation rollers 138
environmental sensor PCA 947
removing and replacing 1762 High-voltage power supply T (HVPST) L
environmental sensor PCA, removing removing and replacing 1407 laser scanner
and replacing 1762 High-voltage power supply T warnings for servicing 3
ESD electrostatic discharge (ESD) 4 (HVPST), removing and replacing laser/scanner assembly
1407 removing and replacing 1263
F hinge bracket laser/scanner assembly, removing
fax PCA right door hinge bracket (1x550- and replacing 1263
removing and replacing 2987 sheet paper feeder), removing left cover
feeder drive assembly (1x550-sheet 2771 removing and replacing 376
paper feeder) HIP cover left cover (1x550-sheet paper feeder)
removing and replacing 2900 removing and replacing 75, 79 removing and replacing 2807
field-replaceable units (FRUs) HIP cover, removing and replacing left cover, removing and replacing
replacing 3 75, 79 376
formatter lifter drive assembly
removing and replacing 807, I removing and replacing 1211
822 image scanner (M577) lifter drive assembly (1x550-sheet
formatter case assembly removing and replacing 2690 paper feeder)
removing and replacing 838 installation 4 removing and replacing 2925
formatter case assembly, removing screws 4 lifter drive assembly, removing and
and replacing 838 See also replacing parts replacing 1211
Formatter cover intermediate transfer belt (ITB) low-voltage power supply (LVPS)
removing and replacing 358 removing 153 removing and replacing 902
Formatter cover, removing and internal components, product low-voltage power supply (LVPS),
replacing 358 parts lists and diagrams 3014 removing and replacing 902
formatter, removing and replacing internal USB ports (M552 and M553)
807, 822 removing and replacing 2971 M
front door internal USB ports (M577) main drive assembly)
removing and replacing 348 removing and replacing 2980 removing and replacing 2506
FRUs (field-replaceable units) ITB main drive assembly, removing and
replacing 3 removing 153 replacing 2506
fuser memory DIMM
removing and replacing 23 K removing and replacing 44
fuser drive assembly, removing and kit
replacing 1777 instructions, embedded N
fuser motor (M4) MultiMedia Card (eMMC) 61 near field communication PCA (NFC)
removing and replacing 1673 instructions, front door 348 (M553x)
fuser motor (M4), removing and instructions, fuser 23 removing and replacing 586
replacing 1673 instructions, hard disk drive near field communication PCA (NFC)
fuser power supply (HDD) 28, 34 (M553x), removing and replacing
removing and replacing 878 instructions, memory DIMM 44 586
fuser power supply, removing and instructions, secondary transfer near field communication PCA (NFC)
replacing 878 roller and ITB 166 (M577z)
3046 Index ENWW

near field communication PCA (NFC) paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550- pickup drive assembly and motor
(M577z), removing and replacing sheet paper feeder), removing (M5), removing and replacing
613 2843 2022
notes iii paper-feeder drive PCA, power-supply fan (FM1)
removing 2843 removing and replacing 1037
O rear cover, removing 2758, 2807 power-supply fan (FM1), removing
OP drawer holder (1x550-sheet paper right door hinge bracket, and replacing 1037
feeder) removing 2771
removing and replacing 2811 right door, removing 2762 R
ordering right-door link, removing 2794 Rear cover
toner cartridge 3001 right-lower cover, removing removing and replacing 361,
output bin 2781 366
removing and replacing 424 switch button (SW12) (1x550- rear cover (1x550-sheet paper
output bin, removing and replacing sheet paper feeder), removing feeder)
424 2827 removing and replacing 2758
switch button (SW12), removing Rear cover, removing and replacing
P 2827 361, 366
paper feed assembly (1x550-sheet paper pickup rear right cover
paper feeder) paper pickup assembly (1x550- removing and replacing 491,
removing and replacing 2849 sheet paper feeder), removing 519
paper feeder 2872 rear right cover, removing and
auto close assembly (1x550-sheet paper pickup assembly replacing 491, 519
paper feeder), removing 2817 removing and replacing 2241 registration assembly
auto close assembly, removing paper pickup assembly (1x550-sheet removing and replacing 2119
2817 paper feeder) registration assembly, removing and
door link, removing 2794 removing and replacing 2872 replacing 2119
drawer connector holder (1x550- paper pickup assembly, removing and removal orientation
sheet paper feeder), removing replacing 2241 removing orientation 7
2836 paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550-sheet removal strategy
drawer connector holder, paper feeder) removing and replacing 2
removing 2836 removing and replacing 2843 removing and replacing
feeder drive assembly (1x550- part numbers auto close assembly (1x550-sheet
sheet paper feeder), removing covers (M506) 3010 paper feeder) 2817
2900 covers (M577) 3012 control panel (M577) 92
feeder drive assembly , toner cartridge 3001 document feeder (M577) 2656
removing 2900 parts lists and diagrams 2995 document feeder rollers (M577)
lifter drive assembly (1x550- 500-sheet feeder 3024 128
sheet paper feeder), removing covers 3010 door link (1x550-sheet paper
2925 document feeder and scanner feeder) 2794
lifter drive assembly , removing whole units 3008 drawer connector holder (1x550-
2925 internal components, product sheet paper feeder) 2836
OP drawer holder, removing 3014 dual in-line memory module
2811 using 3006 (DIMM) 53
paper feed assembly (1x550- pickup and separation rollers, duplex drive assembly 1887
sheet paper feeder), removing replacing tray 1 568 embedded MultiMedia Card
2849 pickup and separation rollers, (eMMC) 61
paper feed assembly, removing replacing tray 2-X 138 fax PCA 2987
2849 pickup drive assembly and motor feeder drive assembly (1x550-
paper pickup assembly , (M5) sheet paper feeder) 2900
removing 2872 removing and replacing 2022 front door 348
ENWW Index 3047

fuser 23 removing parts screws
fuser drive assembly 1777 after-service checklist 6 installing 4
hard disk drive (HDD) 28, 34 before-service checklist 6 types of 4
image scanner (M577) 2690 tools, required 4 secondary transfer assembly,
internal USB ports (M552 and replacing parts removing and replacing 580
M553) 2971 about 3 secondary transfer roller and ITB
internal USB ports (M577) 2980 after-service checklist 6 removing and replacing 166
left cover (1x550-sheet paper before-service checklist 6 secondary transfer roller and ITB,
feeder) 2807 screws 4 removing and replacing 166
lifter drive assembly (1x550- tools, required 4 service and support information v,
sheet paper feeder) 2925 right door 2, 2996, 3005
memory DIMM 44 removing and replacing 339 service approach
OP drawer holder (1x550-sheet right door (1x550-sheet paper removing and replacing 6
paper feeder) 2811 feeder) staple cartridge (M577c/f/z)
paper feed assembly (1x550- removing and replacing 2762 removing and replacing 19
sheet paper feeder) 2849 right door hinge bracket (1x550- staple cartridge (M577c/f/z),
paper pickup assembly (1x550- sheet paper feeder) removing and replacing 19
sheet paper feeder) 2872 removing and replacing 2771 static, precautions for 4
paper-feeder drive PCA (1x550- right-door link (1x550-sheet paper switch button (SW12) (1x550-sheet
sheet paper feeder) 2843 feeder) paper feeder)
rear cover (1x550-sheet paper removing and replacing 2794 removing and replacing 2827
feeder) 2758 right-lower cover (1x550-sheet paper
right door 339 feeder) T
right door (1x550-sheet paper removing and replacing 2781 tips iii
feeder) 2762 rollers toner cartridge
right door hinge (1x550-sheet assembly, secondary transfer ordering 3001
paper feeder) 2771 removing and replacing 580 part numbers 3001
right-door link (1x550-sheet secondary transfer, removing and toner cartridges
paper feeder) 2794 replacing 166 removing and replacing 9
right-lower cover (1x550-sheet tray 1 pickup and separation toner collection unit (TCU)
paper feeder) 2781 rollers, replacing 568 removing and replacing 14
rollers, document feeder tray 2-X pickup and separation toner collection unit (TCU), removing
(M577) 128 rollers, replacing 138 and replacing 14
scanner control board (M577) rollers, document feeder (M527), tools, required 4
2677 removing and replacing 128 transfer
SCB (M577) 2677 rollers, document feeder (M577) removing and replacing 580
secondary transfer assembly removing and replacing 128 tray 1
580 pickup and separation rollers,
secondary transfer roller and S removing and replacing 568
ITB 166 scan control board (M577), removing tray 1 pickup and separation rollers
staple cartridge (M577c/f/z) 19 and replacing 2677 removing and replacing 568
switch button (SW12) (1x550- scanner control board (M577) tray 2-X
sheet paper feeder) 2827 removing and replacing 2677 pickup and separation rollers,
toner cartridges 9 SCB (M577) removing and replacing 138
tray 1 pickup and separation removing and replacing 2677 tray 2-X pickup and separation rollers
rollers 568 SCB (M577), removing and removing and replacing 138
tray 2-X pickup and separation replacing 2677 trusted platform module (M552 and
rollers 138 screwdrivers, required 4 M553)
white backing (M527) 120 removing and replacing 2956
white backing (M577) 113
3048 Index ENWW

trusted platform module (M577)
trusted platform module, removing
and replacing 2956, 2964
U
USB cover
USB cover, removing and replacing
72
W
warnings iii
white backing (M527)
white backing (M527), removing and
replacing 120
white backing (M577)
white backing (M577), removing and
replacing 113
wireless PCA
wireless PCA, removing and
replacing 621
ENWW Index 3049

HP - CLJ - Ent - M552 - M553 - MFP - 577 - RM PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HP - CLJ - Ent - M552 - M553 - MFP - 577 - RM PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HP - CLJ - Ent - M552 - M553 - MFP - 577 - RM PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Color LaserJet Enterprise M552

Color LaserJet Enterprise M553

M553n M552dn M553x

M577dn M577f M577c

© Copyright 2015 HP Development Company,

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation

The information contained herein is subject to

The only warranties for HP products and

NOTE: Information that explains a concept or how to complete a task.

Reinstallation tip: Reinstallation helpful hints, shortcuts, or considerations.

Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (CNS) at https://h30125.www3.hp.com/hpcsn.

At these locations, find information on the following topics:

● Install and configure

● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Warranty and regulatory information

To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/ or scan

1 Removal and replacement .............................................................................................................................. 1

2 Parts and diagrams .................................................................................................................................. 2995

Index .......................................................................................................................................................... 3045

Table 2-1 Supplies .......................................................................................................................................................... 3001

Figure 1-1 Screwdrivers ........................................................................................................................................................ 4

● For additional service and support

● Removal and replacement strategy

● Removal and replacement procedures

Channel partners, go to HP Channel Services Network (CSN) at https://h30125.www3.hp.com/hpcsn.

At these locations, find information on the following topics:

● Install and configure

● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Warranty and regulatory information

To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/ or scan

Removal and replacement strategy

2 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement ENWW

Considerations during removal and replacement

ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 3

● Small, flat-blade screwdriver

● ESD strap (if one is available)

Figure 1-1 Screwdrivers

Fasteners used in this printer

Fasteners used in the printer

● Screw, with washer, M3X8

4 Chapter 1 Removal and replacement ENWW

● Screw, machine, truss head, M3X6

Figure 1-2 Screw size chart

ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 5

1. Remove all paper.

3. Remove the toner cartridge or toner cartridges.

4. Remove the trays.

After performing service

2. Reinstall the trays.

3. Return all paper to the trays.

4. Plug in the power cable and turn on the printer.

5. Perform print-quality tests by printing from a host computer.

Post service tests

NOTE: To get further assistance in print quality troubleshooting, go to www.hp.com/support/colorljM552,

Copy-quality test (M577 models)